KMTC/QP-17/S32

KENYA MEDICAL TRAINING COLLEGE P. O. BOX 30195 – 00100,

NAIROBI.

TENDER DOCUMENT

TENDER NO. KMTC/60/2019-2020

PROPOSED TUITION BUILDING FOR KMTC MAKINDU CAMPUS

CLOSING DATE: 14TH JULY 2020

AT 10.00 A.M.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION CONTENTS PAGE NO.

SECTION I INVITATION TO TENDER …….………………….. 4

SECTION II TENDER SUBMISSION CHECKLIST……………… .6

Table of Paragraphs on Instructions to Tenderers……… 8 - 9

SECTION III INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS (ITT)………….. 10 - 34

SECTION IV BID DATA SHEET (Appendix to Instructions to Tenderers) 35 - 36

SECTION V CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT – 37 - 59

SECTION VI SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT – 60 - 61

SECTION VII SPECIFICATIONS…………………………… 62-68

SECTION VIII SUMMARY OF EVALUATION PROCESS ……

SECTION IX STANDARD FORMS………………………

SECTION X BILLS OF QUANTITIES ……………………. 1/1 – 5/2

3

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

1. BDS Bid Data Sheet

2. BQ Bills of Quantities

3. CC Conditions of Contract

4. ICPAK Institute of Certified Public Accountants of Kenya

5. JV Joint Venture

6. KSh./ KES Kenya Shillings

7. PM Project Manager

8. PPDA 2005 Public Procurement and Disposal Act, 2005

9. PPDR 2006 Public Procurement and Disposal Regulations, 2006

10. PPOA Public Procurement and Oversight Authority

14. VAT Value Added Tax

15. KRA Kenya Revenue Authority

16. LC Letter of Credit

17. TCC Tax Compliance Certificate

18. SCC Special Conditions of Contract

4

SECTION I - INVITATION TO TENDER

KENYA MEDICAL TRAINING COLLEGE

PROPOSED TUITION BUILDING FOR KMTC MAKINDU CAMPUS

TENDER NO.: KMTC/60/2019-2020

SECTION I: INVITATION FOR TENDER

29th June, 2020

The Kenya Medical Training College invites sealed Technical and Financial Bids (sealed separately) from eligible and

competent Contractors for the construction of the Proposed Tuition Building for KMTC Makindu Campus, whose

specifications are detailed in the Tender Documents.

Interested eligible Tenderers may obtain further information and inspect the Tender Documents by downloading them from

website www.kmtc.ac.ke or http://tenders.go.ke at no cost or obtained from the procurement office at KMTC headquarters

upon payment of a non-refundable fee of Ksh 1,000/- (one thousand only) during normal working hours.

Payment should be made through a banker’s cheque in favour of Kenya Medical Training College. Those who download

should register their details in the said procurement office.

Tender Documents should be accompanied by a valid Tender Security from a recognized bank or Authorized Insurance

Company in the amount of Kenya Shillings 720,000.00

Completed Tender Documents are to be enclosed in plain sealed envelopes marked with tender reference number and should

be deposited in the Tender Box at KMTC headquarters or addressed to:-

The Chief Executive Officer,

Kenya Medical Training College Headquarters

P. O. Box 30195- 00100

NAIROBI, KENYA.

so as to be received on or before 14th JULY 2020 AT 10.00 AM.

The Bids will be opened immediately thereafter in the presence of tenderers' representatives who choose

to attend at the Director’s Boardroom, KMTC Headquarters, Nairobi

Late tenders will NOT BE ACCEPTED.

SECTION II - TENDER SUBMISSION CHECKLIST

5

A. Tender Submission Format

This order and arrangement shall be considered as the Tender Submission Format. Tenderers shall tick

against each item indicating that they have provided it.

No. Item Tick Where

Provided

1 Tender Security – Bank Guarantee or Letters of Credit (Banks

Licensed by the Central Bank of Kenya)

2 Declaration Form

3 Duly completed Tender Form

4 Confidential Business Questionnaire (CBQ)

5 Catalogues / Brochures and manufactures drawings

6 Proposed Work program(Work methodology & schedule)

7 Manufactures Authorization

8 Copy of Contractor’s Certificate of Registration

9 Copy of Contractor’s Certificate of Registration for the relevant

category.

10* Copy of Valid Tax Compliance Certificate

11 Copy of PIN certificate

12 List of previous clients of the Contractor for similar works

indicating physical addresses.

13 Reference letters from previous clients of the Contractor for

similar works.

13 Reference letters from previous clients of the Sub-Contractor for

similar works.

14 Priced Bill of Quantities (signed and stamped by bidder)

15 Audite Audited Financial Statements. The audited financial statements

required must be those that are reported within fifteen (15)

calendar months of the date of the tender document.

(For companies or firms that are registered or incorporated

within the last one calendar year of the Date of the Tender

Document, they should submit certified copies of bank statements

covering a period of at least six months prior to the date of the

tender document. The copies should be certified by the Bank

issuing the statements. The certification should be original).

4* Any other document or item required by the Tender Document

that (The Tenderer shall specify such other documents or items it

has submitted)

*NOTES TO TENDERERS

6

1. Valid Tax Compliance Certificate shall be one issued by the relevant tax authorities and valid for

at least up to the tender closing date. All Kenyan registered Tenderers must provide a valid Tax

Compliance Certificate.

2. Foreign Tenderers must provide equivalent documents from their country of origin as regards

Tax Compliance Certificate OR statements certifying that the equivalent documentation is not

issued in the Tenderer’s country of origin. The Statement(s) that equivalent documentation is not

issued by the Tenderer’s country should be original and issued by the Tax authorities in the

Tenderer’s country of origin.

TABLE OF PARAGRAPHS ON INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

7

Paragraph No. Headings Page No.

3.1 Definitions…………………………………………..…….…… 10

3.2 Eligible Tenderers………………………………………...……. 11

3.3 Ineligible Tenderers…………………………………………….. 11

3.4 Declarations of eligibility……………………………………….. 12

3.5 Joint Venture………………………………………………….… 12

3.6 Time for completion of works………………………………….. 13

3.7 Source of Funding...............................................................…... 13

3.8 Conflict of Interest ……………………………………………… 13

3.9 One Tender per Tenderer……………………………………….. 14

3.10 Site Visit and pre-bid meeting………………………………….. 14

3.11 Cost of Tendering ………………………………………...…….. 15

3.12 Contents of the Tender Document……………………………… 15

3.13 Clarification of Documents………………………………...…… 15

3.14 Amendment of Documents……………………………….…….. 16

3.15 Language of Tender.……………………………………...….…. 16

3.16 Documents Comprising the Tender.……………………...……. 16

3.17 Tender Form……………………………………………...…….. 17

3.18 Tender Rates & Prices …………………………………………. 17

3.19 Tender Currencies……………………………………….…..….. 18

3.20 Tenderer’s Eligibility and Qualifications……………….…..…. 18

3.21 Conformity of Works to Tender Documents………………...… 19

3.22 Demonstration(s), Inspection(s) and Test(s)…………….…….. 20

3.23 Warranty………………………………………………………… 20

3.24 Tender Security……………………………………….…….…… 21

3.25 Validity of Tenders …………………………………….…..…… 22

3.26 Alternative Offers.…………………………………….…….…… 22

3.27 Number of Sets and Tender Format…………………..………… 22

3.28 Preparation and Signing of The Tender…………………..…….. 23

3.29 Sealing and Outer Marking of Tenders…………………..……... 23

3.30 Deadline for Submission of Tender ..…………………….….…. 24

3.31 Modification and Withdrawal of Tenders……………….……… 24

3.32 Opening of Tenders………………………………………….…... 24

3.33 Process to be Confidential……………………………………….. 25

3.34 Clarification of Tenders and Contacting KP……………………. 25

3.35 Preliminary Evaluation and Responsiveness………….………... 26

3.36 Minor Deviations, Errors or Oversights………………………… 26

3.37 Evaluation Criteria – Preliminary, Technical and Financial

Evaluation…..……………………………………………………. 26

3.38 Financial Evaluation………………………………………… 29

3.39 Preferences…………………………………………………… 29

3.40 Tender Evaluation Period…………………………………… 31

8

3.41 Debarment of a Tenderer………………………………….… 31

3.42 Confirmation of Qualification for Award…………………... 31

3.43 Award of Contract….……………………………………….. 31

3.44 Termination of Procurement Proceedings…………………… 32

3.45 Notification of Award………………………………………… 32

3.46 Clarifications with lowest evaluated successful Tenderer …. 32

3.47 Signing of Contract ……………………………………….…. 32

3.48 Performance Security ………………………………………… 33

3.49 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices……..……………………… 34

SECTION III - INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS (ITT)

9

3.1 Definitions

In this tender, unless the context or express provision otherwise requires: -

a) Any reference to any Act shall include any statutory extension, amendment, modification,

re-amendment or replacement of such Act and any rule, regulation or order made there-

under.

b) “Date of Tender Document” shall begin with the first day and end on the last day of the

month appearing on the cover page of the Tender Document.

c) “Day” means calendar day and “month” means calendar month.

d) “KEBS” wherever appearing means the Kenya Bureau of Standards or its successor(s)

and assign(s) where the context so admits.

e) “PPOA” wherever appearing means The Public Procurement Oversight Authority or

its successor(s) and assign(s) where the context so admits.

f) Reference to “the tender” or the “Tender Document” includes its appendices and

documents mentioned hereunder and any reference to this tender or to any other

document includes a reference to the other document as varied supplemented and/or

replaced in any manner from time to time.

g) “The Procuring Entity” means Kenya Medical Training College or its successor(s) and

assign(s) where the context so admits (hereinafter abbreviated as KMTC).

h) “The Tenderer” means the person(s) submitting its Tender for the performance of Works

in response to the Invitation to Tender. This may include a business name, joint venture,

private or public company, government owned institution or any combination of one or

more of them.

i) Where there are two or more persons included in the expression the “Tenderer”, any act

or default or omission by the Tenderer shall be deemed to be an act, default or omission

by any one or more of such persons.

j) words importing the masculine gender only, include the feminine gender or (as the case

may be) the neutral gender.

k) words importing the singular number only include the plural number and vice-versa and

where there are two or more persons included in the expression the “Tenderer” the

covenants, agreements and obligations expressed to be made or performed by the

Tenderer shall be deemed to be made or performed by such persons jointly and severally.

l) “Works “means the construction, repair, renovation or demolition of

buildings, roads or other structures and includes the installation of equipment and

materials, site preparation and other incidental services.

3.2 Eligible Tenderers

3.2.1 This Invitation to Tender is open to all Tenderers eligible as described in the Bid Data Sheet.

Successful Tenderers shall perform the Works in accordance with this tender and the ensuing

contract.

3.2.2 The classification of eligibility shall be in accordance with that maintained by Kenya’s Ministry

of Public Works or its successor responsible for the classification of contractors.

10

3.2.3 Government or government owned institutions in Kenya may participate only if they are legally

and financially autonomous, if they operate under commercial law, are registered by the relevant

registration board or authorities and if they are not a dependant agency of the Government.

3.2.4 Local Tenderers i.e. Kenyan registered companies whose operations are based in Kenya shall

satisfy all relevant licensing and/or registration with the appropriate statutory bodies in Kenya

such as the National Construction Authority ( NCA)

3.2.5 Tenderers shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility satisfactory to KMTC as

KMTC may reasonably request.

3.2.6 Tenderers (including all members of a joint venture and subcontractors) shall provide a statement

that they are not associated, or have not been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with

the Consultant or any other entity that has prepared the design, specifications, and other

documents for this project or being proposed as Project Manager for this Contract. A firm that

has been engaged by the Employer to provide consulting services for the preparation or

supervision of the Works, and any of its affiliates, shall not be eligible to tender

3.3 Ineligible Tenderers

3.3.1 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this tender, the following are not eligible to participate

in the tender:-

a) KMTC’s employees, its Board or any of its committee members.

b) Any Minister or Assistant Minister of the Government of the Republic of Kenya (GOK)

c) Any public servant of GOK.

d) Any member of a Board or Committee or any department of GOK.

e) Any person appointed to any position by the President of Kenya.

f) Any person appointed to any position by any Minister of GOK.

3.3.2 For the purposes of this paragraph, any relative i.e. spouse(s) and child (ren) of any person

mentioned in sub-paragraph 3.3.1 is also ineligible to participate in the tender. In addition, a

Minister shall include the President, Vice-President or the Attorney General of GOK.

3.4 Declarations of Eligibility

3.4.1 Tenderers shall not be under declarations of ineligibility for corrupt, fraudulent practices and are

not amongst persons mentioned in sub-paragraphs

3.3.1 and 3.3.2 above.

3.4.2 Tenderers who are not under these declarations shall complete the Declaration Form strictly in

the form and content as prescribed at Section XI (v).

3.4.3 Those that are under the Declaration for corrupt and fraudulent practices whether currently or in

the past shall not complete the Form. They will submit a suitable Form giving details, the nature

and present status of their circumstances.

3.5 Joint Venture

3.5.1 Tenders submitted by a joint venture (JV) of two or more firms (consortium), as partners shall

comply with the following requirements: -

a) The Tender Form and in case of a successful tender, the Contract Agreement Form, shall

be signed so as to be legally binding on all partners of the joint venture.

11

b) One of the partners shall be nominated and authorized as being lead contractor. The

authorization shall be evidenced by submitting a Power of Attorney signed by legally

authorized signatories of all the partners/directors.

c) The Power of Attorney which shall accompany the tender shall be granted by the

authorized signatories of all the partners as follows:-

(i.) for local and citizen contractors, before a Commissioner of Oaths or a Notary

Public or Magistrate of the Kenyan Judiciary.

(ii.) For a foreign bidder, before a Notary Public, or the equivalent of a Notary Public,

and in this regard the bidder shall provide satisfactory proof of such equivalence.

d) The lead contractor shall be authorized to incur liability and receive instructions for and

on behalf of any and all the partners of the joint venture and the entire execution of the

contract including payment shall be done exclusively with the lead contractor.

3.5.2 All partners of the joint venture shall be liable jointly and severally for the execution of the

contract in accordance with the contract terms, and a relevant statement to this effect shall be

included in the authorization mentioned in paragraph 3.5.1 (b) above as well as in the Form of

Tender and the Contract Agreement Form (in case of the accepted tender).

3.5.3 The JV must be in either of the following forms –

a) A registered JV agreement. The registration may either be :-

(i.) At the Ministry of Lands or,

(ii.) At the Office of the Attorney General, or

b) A Letter of Intent to enter into a joint venture including a draft JV Agreement indicating

at least the part of the Works to be executed by the respective partners.

a) The JV agreement should be signed by at least two directors from each company or firm

that is a party to the JV

b) The JV agreement must be under the company or firm seal

c) The Letter of Intent should be signed by at least one director from each company or firm

that is a party to the intended joint venture

3.5.4 A copy of the agreement entered into, or Letter of Intent by the joint venture partners shall be

submitted with the tender.

3.6 Time for Completion of Works

The successful Tenderer will be expected to complete the Works by the required completion

period as specified in the BDS.

3.7 Source of Funding

KMTC has set aside funds during the present financial year. It is intended that part of the

proceeds of funds will be applied to cover the eligible payments under the ensuing contract for

these Works.

3.8 Conflict of Interest

3.8.1 A Tenderer (including all members of a joint venture and subcontractors) shall not have a

conflict of interest. A Tenderer found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A

12

Tenderer may be considered to have a conflict of interest with one or more parties in this

tendering process if they:-

a) are associated or have been associated in the past directly or indirectly with employees or

agents of KMTC or a member of the Board or committee of KMTC

b) are associated or have been associated in the past directly or indirectly with a firm or

company or any of their affiliates which have been engaged by KMTC to provide

consulting services for the preparation of the design, specifications, and other documents

to be used for the execution, completion and maintenance of the Works under this

Invitation to Tender

c) have controlling shareholders in common

d) receive or have received any direct or indirect subsidy from any of them

e) have a relationship with each other, either directly or through common third parties, that

puts them in a position to have access to information about, or influence on the tender of

another Tenderer, or influence the decisions of KMTC regarding this tendering process

f) submit more than one Tender in this tendering process.

3.8.2 A Tenderer will be considered to have a conflict of interest if they participated as a consultant in

the preparation of the design or technical specification of the Works and related services that are

the subject of this Tender.

3.9 One Tender per Tenderer

3.9.1 A firm or company shall submit only one Tender in the same tendering process, either

individually or as a partner in a joint venture.

3.9.2 No firm or company can be a sub-contractor while submitting a Tender individually or as a

partner in a joint venture in the same tendering process.

3.9.3 A company or firm, if acting in the capacity of sub-contractor in any Tender may participate in

more than one Tender but only in that capacity.

3.9.4 A Tenderer who submits or participates in more than one tender (other than as a sub-contractor

or in cases of alternatives that have been permitted or requested) will cause all tenders in which

the Tenderer has participated to be disqualified.

3.10 Site Visit and Pre-Bid Meeting

3.10.1 The Tenderer, at the Tenderer’s own responsibility and risk is advised to visit and examine the

site of Works and its surrounding and obtain all information that may be necessary for preparing

the tender and entering into a contract for the Works. The cost of visiting the site shall be at the

Tenderer’s own expense.

3.10.2 KMTC may conduct a site visit and pre-bid meeting. The purpose of the pre-bid meeting shall be

to clarify issues and answer any questions that may be raised at that stage.

3.10.3 The Tenderer’s designated representative is invited to attend a site visit and per-bid meeting

which if convened will take place at the venue and time stipulated in the BDS.

3.10.4 The Tenderer is requested as far as possible to submit any questions in writing or by electronic

means to reach the Project Manager before the pre-bid meeting.

13

3.10.5 Minutes of the pre-bid meeting including the text of the questions raised and the responses given

together with any response prepared after the pre-bid meeting will be transmitted within the time

stated in the BDS to all purchasers of the Tender Document.

3.10.6 Non-attendance during the site visit or the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause of disqualification

of the Tender unless specified to the contrary in the BDS.

3.11 Cost of Tendering

3.11.1 The Tenderer shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Tender.

KMTC will in no case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or

outcome of the tendering process.

3.11.2 The price to be charged for the Tender Document shall be as indicated in the Invitation to Tender

but in any case not exceeding KSh 1,000/=.

3.12 Contents of the Tender Document

3.12.1 The Tender Document comprises the documents listed below and Addendum (where applicable)

issued in accordance with paragraph 3.14 of these Instructions to Tenderers: -

a) Invitation to Tender

b) Tender Submission Checklist

c) Instructions to Tenderers

d) Bid Data Sheet

e) Conditions of Contract

f) Special Conditions of Contract

g) Specifications

h) Drawings

i) Bill of Quantities

j) Summary of Evaluation Process

k) Tender Form

l) Confidential Business Questionnaire Form

m) Tender Security Forms

n) Declaration Form

o) Contract Form Agreement

p) Performance Security Forms

3.12.2 The Tenderer is expected to examine all instructions, forms, provisions, terms and specifications

in the Tender Document. Failure to furnish all information required by the Tender Document or

to submit a tender not substantially responsive to the Tender Document in every respect will be at

the Tenderer’s risk and may result in the rejection of its Tender.

3.12.3 All recipients of the documents for the proposed Contract for the purpose of submitting a tender

(whether they submit a tender or not) shall treat the details of the documents as “Private and

Confidential”.

14

3.13 Clarification of Documents

A prospective Tenderer requiring any clarification of the Tender Document may notify the

Procurement Manager in writing or by post at KMTC’s address indicated in the Invitation to

Tender. KMTC will respond in writing to any request for clarification of the Tender documents,

which it receives not later than seven (7) days prior to the deadline for the submission of Tenders,

prescribed by KMTC.

Written copies of KMTC’s response (including an explanation of the query but without

identifying the source of inquiry) will be sent to all prospective Tenderers that have duly received

the Tender Document.

3.14 Amendment of Documents

3.14.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Tenders, KMTC, for any reason, whether at

its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Tenderer, may

modify the tender documents by amendment.

3.14.2 All prospective Tenderers that have received the tender documents will be notified of the

amendment(s) (hereinafter referred to or otherwise known as addendum) in writing and will be

binding on them.

3.14.3 In order to allow prospective Tenderers reasonable time in which to take the amendment into

account in preparing their Tenders, KMTC, at its discretion, may extend the deadline for the

submission of Tenders.

3.15 Language of Tender

The Tender prepared by the Tenderer, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to

the tender, exchanged between the Tenderer and KMTC, shall be written in English language,

provided that any printed literature furnished by the Tenderer may be written in another language

provided that they are accompanied by an accurate English translation of the relevant passages in

which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Tender, the English translation shall govern. The

English translation shall be on the Tenderer’s letterhead and shall be signed by the duly

authorized signatory signing the Tender and stamped with the Tenderer’s stamp.

3.16 Documents Comprising the Tender

The Tender prepared and submitted by the Tenderers shall include but not be limited to all the

following components: -

a) Declaration Form, Tender Form and Priced Bill of Quantities (BQ) duly completed

b) Documentary evidence that the Works and any ancillary services thereto to be performed

by the Tenderer conform to the tender documents

c) Technical Proposal in sufficient detail to demonstrate the adequacy of the Tenderer’s

proposal to meet the Works requirements and the completion time. Those details should

include the following:-

(i.) a statement of work methods i.e. Methodology

(ii.) Major items of equipment proposed to carry out the Contract

15

(iii) an undertaking that the items in c (ii) will be available for the execution of the

Contract.

d) Tender Security furnished in accordance with the Tender requirements

e) Power of Attorney authorizing the signatory of the Tender to commit the Tenderer in

accordance with the Tender requirements.

f) A detailed list of previous clients as prescribed in the BDS for similar Works on tender

and their contact addresses including e-mail shall be submitted with the Tender for the

purpose of reference, or for evaluation

g) Statement of Deviations, if any, from the tender requirements on a separate sheet of paper

clearly indicating –

(i.) the specific tender document requirement

(ii.) the deviation proposed by the Tenderer

(iii.) the technical specifications of the deviation

(iv.) the design, if any, of the deviation

(v.) justification or reason for the deviation

(vi.) the Tenderer’s cost of that deviation and the Tenderer’s estimate of the cost of

complying with KMTC’s requirement without the deviation.

h) In case of a tender submitted by a joint venture, either of the following ( i.) the

registered joint venture agreement, or,

(ii.) a Letter of Intent to enter into a joint venture including a draft JV agreement

indicating at least the part of the Works to be executed by the respective partners.

j) Any information or other materials required to be completed and submitted by Tenderers

as specified in the Tender Document

3.17 Tender Form

The Tenderer shall complete and sign the Tender Form and all other documents furnished in the

Tender Document, indicating the Works to be performed, a brief description of the Works,

quantities, and prices amongst other information required.

3.18 Tender Rates and Prices

3.18.1 The Tenderer shall indicate on the appropriate BQs, the unit rates and prices (where applicable)

and total tender price of the Works it proposes to perform under the contract.

3.18.2 The Tenderer shall fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works described in the BQs. Items

for which no rates or price is entered by the Tenderer will not be paid for by KMTC when

executed and shall be deemed covered by other rates and prices in the BQs.

3.18.3 Prices and rates indicated on the BQs shall be of all costs for the Works including insurances,

duties, Value Added Tax (V.A.T) and other taxes payable. No other basis shall be accepted for

evaluation, award or otherwise.

3.18.4 BQ rates and prices to be submitted (quoted) by the Tenderer shall remain fixed for the contract

duration.

16

3.19 Tender Currencies

3.19.1 For Works that the Tenderer will provide from within or outside Kenya, the prices shall be

quoted in Kenya Shillings, or in another freely convertible currency in Kenya. The currency

quoted must be indicated clearly on the Price Schedule of Services.

3.19.2 The exchange rate to be used for currency conversion shall be the Central Bank of Kenya selling

rate ruling on the Tender closing date. ( Please visit the Central Bank of Kenya website).

3.20 Tenderer’s Eligibility and Qualifications

3.20.1 Pursuant to paragraph 3.16, the Tenderer shall furnish, as part of its Tender, documents

establishing the Tenderer’s eligibility to tender and its qualifications to execute, complete and

maintain the Works in the contract if its Tender is accepted.

3.20.2 The documentary evidence of the Tenderer’s qualifications to perform the contract if its Tender

is accepted shall be established to KMTC’s satisfaction –

a) that the Tenderer has the financial capability necessary to perform the contract. The

Tenderer shall be required to provide -

(i.) Audited Financial Statements (Audited Accounts) that are reported within fifteen

(15) calendar months of the date of the tender document. The Statements must be

stamped and signed. The Auditors must be currently registered by ICPAK.

(ii.) For companies or firms that are registered or incorporated within the last one

calendar year of the Date of the Tender Document, they should submit certified

copies of bank statements covering a period of at least six (6) months prior to the

Date of the Tender Document. The copies should be certified by the Bank issuing

the statements. The certification should be original.

(iii.) A valid and current Tax Compliance Certificate (TCC) issued by KRA. The

Tenderer is strongly advised to confirm the authenticity of the TCC with KRA’s

Compliance Department to avoid rejection of its Tender.

(iv.) Evidence of adequacy of working capital for this Contract eg access to line(s) of

credit and availability of other financial resources

b) that the Tenderer has the technical and management capability necessary to perform the

contract. These are as per the Qualification Information Form which includes:-

(i.) documents showing qualifications and experience of key site management and

technical personnel proposed for the Contract.

(ii.) employment records including contracts of employment for all key personnel

(iv.) The Tenderer’s undertaking that the key site management and technical personnel

will be available for the contract

(v.) List and evidence of ownership/lease of contractor’s equipment proposed for

carrying out the Works

c) that the Tenderer is duly classified and currently registered by the Ministry of Public

Works as capable of performing the Works under the contract. The Tenderer will furnish

KMTC with a copy of the registration certificate and copy of renewal receipt. KMTC

reserves the right to subject the certificate and receipt to authentication.

d) information regarding any litigation or arbitration current or during the last five (5)

years, in which the Tenderer is involved, the parties concerned and disputed amount; and

17

e) detailed proposals for subcontracting components of the Works amounting to more than

twenty percent (20%) of the Contract Price.

3.20.3 Tenderers with a record of unsatisfactory or default in performance obligations in any contract

shall not be considered for evaluation or award. For the avoidance of doubt, this shall include any

Tenderer with unresolved case(s) in its obligations for more than two (2) months in any contract.

3.21 Conformity of Works to Tender Documents

3.21.1 The Tenderer shall furnish, as part of its tender, documents establishing the conformity to the

Tender Document of all the Works that the Tenderer proposes to perform under the contract.

3.21.2 The documentary evidence of conformity of the Works to the Tender Document may be in the

form of literature, drawings, and data, and shall (where applicable) consist of: -

a) a detailed description of the essential technical and performance characteristics of the

Works whether in brochures, catalogues, drawings or otherwise,

b) a list giving full particulars, including available source and current prices of spare parts,

special tools and other incidental apparatus necessary for the proper and continuing

performance of the Works for a minimum period of six (6) months following usage of the

Works after the official handing over to KMTC, and,

c) duly completed BQs’ in compliance with KMTC’s BQs’ requirements or, a Statement of

Deviations and exceptions to the provisions of KMTC’s BQs’.

3.21.3 For purposes of the documentary and other evidence to be furnished pursuant to sub-paragraphs

3.21.1, 3.21.2 and paragraph 3.22, the Tenderer shall note that standards for workmanship,

material, and equipment, designated by KMTC in its BQs’ are intended to be descriptive only

and not restrictive. The Tenderer may adopt higher standards in its Tender, provided that it

demonstrates to KMTC’s satisfaction that the substitutions ensure substantial equivalence to

those designated in the BQs’.

3.22 Demonstration(s), Inspection(s) and Test(s)

3.22.1 Where required, all Tenderers shall demonstrate ability of performance of the required Works in

conformity with the Bills of Quantities and Specifications.

3.22.2 KMTC or its representative(s) shall have the right to inspect/ test the Tenderer’s capacity,

equipment, premises, and to confirm their conformity to the tender requirements. This shall

include the quality management system. KP’s representative(s) retained for these purposes shall

provide appropriate identification at the time of such inspection/ test.

3.22.3 KMTC shall meet its own costs of the inspection/ test. Where conducted on the premises of the

Tenderer(s), all reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to drawings and production

data, shall be furnished to the inspectors at no charge to KMTC.

3.22.4 Demonstration, Inspection/ Test Report(s) shall be completed upon conclusion of the inspection/

tests. This Report will be considered at time of evaluation and or award.

3.23 Warranty

3.23.1 Where required in the Tender, all Tenderers must also provide a Warranty that warrants that any

part of the Works that comprises any equipment, the equipment to be provided under the contract

are new, unused and or are of the most recent or current specification and incorporate all recent

18

improvements in design and materials unless provided otherwise in the Tender. The Warranty

shall also warrant that the equipment in the Tenderer’s bid have no defect arising from

manufacture, materials or workmanship or from any act or omission of the Tenderer that may

develop under normal use or application of the equipment under the conditions obtaining in

Kenya.

3.23.2 The Warranty will remain valid for a minimum of six (6) months after the equipment, or any part

thereof as the case may be, have been used or provided or performed as indicated in the contract.

3.24 Tender Security

3.24.1 The Tenderer shall furnish, as part of its Tender, a tender security for the amount specified in the

BDS.

3.24.2 The tender security shall be either one or a combination of the following:-

a) an original Bank Guarantee that is strictly in the form and content as prescribed in the

Tender Security Form (Bank Guarantee) in the Tender Document.

b) For local bidders, Standby Letters of Credit (LC). All costs, expenses and charges levied

by all banks party to the LC shall be prepaid by the Tenderer. The LC must contain all the

mandatory conditions of payment to KMTC as prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters

of Credit) provided in the Tender Document.

c) For foreign bidders, Standby Letters of Credit (LC) confirmed by a bank in Kenya. All

costs, expenses and charges levied by all banks party to the LC including confirmation

charges shall be prepaid by the Tenderer. The LC must contain all the mandatory

conditions of payment to KMTC as prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters of Credit)

provided in the Tender Document.

3.24.3 The Tender Security is required to protect KMTC against the risk of the Tenderer’s conduct

which would warrant the security’s forfeiture pursuant to paragraph 3.24.10.

3.24.4 The Tender Security shall be denominated in Kenya Shillings or in another freely convertible

currency, and shall be issued by a commercial bank licensed by the Central Bank of Kenya. The

bank must be located in Kenya.

3.24.5 The Tender Security shall be valid for thirty (30) days beyond the validity of the tender.

3.24.6 KMTC shall seek authentication of the Tender Security from the issuing bank. It is the

responsibility of the Tenderer to sensitize its issuing bank on the need to respond directly and

expeditiously to queries from KMTC. The period for response shall not exceed five (5) days from

the date of KMTC’s query. Should there be no conclusive response by the bank within this

period, such Tenderer’s Tender Security may be deemed as invalid and the bid rejected.

3.24.7 Any Tender not secured in accordance with this paragraph will be rejected by KMTC as non-

responsive, pursuant to paragraph 3.35.

3.24.8 The unsuccessful Tenderer’s Tender Security will be released as promptly as possible, in any of

the following circumstances: -

a) the procurement proceedings are terminated

b) KMTC determines that none of the submitted Tenders is responsive

c) a contract for the procurement is entered into

19

d) the Tenderer does not qualify for Financial Evaluation in accordance with paragraph

3.37.

3.24.9 The successful Tenderer’s Tender Security will be released upon the successful Tenderer’s

signing the contract, pursuant to paragraph 3.47 and furnishing an authentic Performance

Security, pursuant to paragraph 3.48.

3.24.10 The Tender Security shall be forfeited –

a) if the Tenderer withdraws its Tender after the deadline for submitting Tenders but before

the expiry of the period during which the Tenders must remain valid

b) if the Tenderer rejects a correction of an arithmetic error

c) if the Tenderer fails to enter into a written contract in accordance with paragraph 3.47

d) if the successful Tenderer fails to furnish the performance security in accordance with

paragraph 3.48

e) if the Tenderer fails to extend the validity of the tender security where KMTC has

extended the tender validity period in accordance with paragraph 3.25.

3.24.11 in cases of a JV bid, without prejudice to the provisions relating to a JV, the Tender Security may

be in the name of any or all parties to the JV and the above provisions on Tender Security shall

apply.

3.25 Validity of Tenders

3.25.1 Tenders shall remain valid for one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of tender

opening as specified in the Invitation to Tender or as otherwise may be prescribed by KMTC,

pursuant to paragraph 3.30. A Tender that is valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by KMTC

as non-responsive.

3.25.2 In exceptional circumstances, KMTC may extend the Tender validity period. The extension shall

be made in writing. The tender security provided under paragraph 3.24shall also be extended. A

Tenderer shall not be required nor permitted to modify its tender during the extended period.

3.26 Alternative Offers

Only main offers shall be considered, as alternative offers are not acceptable.

3.27 Number of Sets of and Tender Format 3.19

3.27.1 The Tenderer shall prepare three complete sets of its Tender, identifying and

Clearly marking the “ORIGINAL TENDER”, “COPY 1 OF TENDER”, and “COPY 2 OF

TENDER” as appropriate. Each set shall be properly bound. The copies shall be a replica of the

Original. Each copy will be deemed to contain the same information as the Original.

3.27.2 The Tender shall be bound and divided clearly in descending order as listed in the Tender

Submission Checklist. The divisions are for clear identification and marking of the respective

documents or information that are serially numbered in the Checklist.

3.27.3 The order and arrangement as indicated in the Tender Submission Checklist will be considered as

the Tender Format.

20

3.28 Preparation and Signing of the Tender

3.28.1 The Original and all copies of the Tender shall be typed or written in indelible ink. They shall be

signed by the Tenderer or a person or persons duly authorized to bind the Tenderer to the

contract.

3.28.2 The authorization shall be indicated by a written Power of Attorney granted by the Tenderer to

the authorized person before any of the following persons:-

a) For local Tenderers, a Commissioner of Oaths or a Notary Public or a Magistrate of the

Kenyan Judiciary.

b) For foreign Tenderers, a Notary Public in the country of the Tenderer.

In either case above, the Power of Attorney shall accompany the Tender.

3.28.3 All pages of the Tender, including un-amended printed literature, shall be initialed by the person

or persons signing the Tender and serially numbered.

3.28.4 The Tender shall have no interlineations, erasures, or overwriting except as necessary to correct

errors made by the Tenderer, in which case such corrections shall be initialed by the person or

persons signing the Tender.

3.28.5 KMTC will assume no responsibility whatsoever for the Tenderer’s failure to comply with or

observe the entire contents of this paragraph.

3.28.6 Any Tender not prepared and signed in accordance with this paragraph may be rejected by KMTC

as non-responsive, pursuant to paragraph 3.35.

3.29 Sealing and Outer Marking of Tenders

3.29.1 The Tenderer shall seal the Original and each Copy of the Tender in separate envelopes or

packages, duly marking the envelopes or packages as “ORIGINAL”, “COPY 1 OF TENDER”

and “COPY 2 OF TENDER”. The envelopes or packages shall then be sealed in an outer

envelope or package.

3.21.2 The inner and outer envelopes or packages shall -

a) be addressed to KMTC at the address given in the Invitation to Tender,

b) bear the tender number and name as per the Invitation to Tender and

the words, “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE as specified in the Invitation to Tender.

3.21.3 The inner envelopes or packages shall also indicate the name and address of the Tenderer to

enable the Tender to be returned unopened in circumstances necessitating such return including

where Tenders are received late or procurement proceedings are terminated before tenders are

opened.

3.21.4 If the envelopes or packages are not sealed and marked as required by this paragraph, KMTC will

assume no responsibility whatsoever for the Tender’s misplacement or premature opening. A

tender opened prematurely for this cause will be rejected by KMTC and promptly returned to the

Tenderer.

3.30 Deadline for Submission of Tenders

3.30.1 Tenders must be received by KMTC by the time and at the place specified in the Invitation to

Tender.

21

3.30.2 KMTC may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for submission of Tenders by amending the

tender documents in accordance with paragraph 3.14, in which case all rights and obligations of

KMTC and the Tenderer’s previously subject to the initial deadline, will therefore be subject to

the deadline as extended.

3.31 Modification and Withdrawal of Tenders

3.31.1 The Tenderer may modify or withdraw its Tender after it has submitted it, provided that written

notice of the modification, including substitution or withdrawal of the Tender is received by

KMTC prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of tenders.

3.31.2 The Tenderer’s modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked, and

dispatched in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3.27, 3.28 and 3.29. A withdrawal

notice may also be sent by facsimile, electronic mail, cable or telex but followed by an original

signed confirmation copy, postmarked no later than the deadline for submission of Tenders.

3.31.3 No Tender may be modified after the deadline for submission of Tenders.

3.31.4 No Tender may be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission of tenders and

the expiration of the period during which the Tender must remain valid. Withdrawal of a Tender

during this interval shall result in forfeiture of the Tenderer’s Tender Security.

3.32 Opening of Tenders

3.32.1 KMTC shall, in accordance with the sub-paragraphs below, adopt a two tender opening system

for this Tender.

3.32.2 At the first opening, KMTC shall open all Tenders promptly after the tender closing date and

time, at the location specified in the Invitation to Tender or as may otherwise be indicated. For

purposes of clarity, this opening shall include the outer Financial Proposals’ envelopes or

packages of the duly submitted tenders.

3.32.3 The Tenderer’s names, tender modifications or withdrawals, the presence or absence of requisite

Tender Security, the number of sets of both Technical and Non-Technical tender documents duly

received and such other details as KMTC, at its discretion, may consider appropriate, will be

announced at the opening.

3.32.4 Tenderers whose tenders qualify after preliminary and technical evaluation will be promptly go

for the financial evaluation.

3.32.5 At the opening of the document, tender rates & prices, discounts, and such other details as

KMTC, at its discretion, may consider appropriate, will be announced at this opening.

3.32.6 The Tenderers or their representatives may attend the openings and those present shall sign a

register evidencing their attendance.

3.32.7 Tenders not opened and read out at the tender opening shall not be considered further for

evaluation, award or otherwise irrespective of the circumstances.

3.33 Process to be Confidential

3.33.1 After the opening of tenders, information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation

and comparisons of tenders and recommendations arising there-from shall not be disclosed to a

22

Tenderer or other person(s) not officially concerned with such process until conclusion of that

process.

3.33.2 Conclusion of that process shall be deemed to have occurred, at the latest, by the date and time

KMTC announces to qualified bidder(s). In any event, official disclosure by KMTC of any

information upon conclusion of that process shall only be to the unsuccessful bidders and may

contain only the information permissible by law in summary form.

3.33.3 After the opening of tenders, information relating to the further examination, clarification,

evaluation and comparisons of tenders and recommendations concerning the award of Contract

shall not be disclosed to a Tenderer or other person(s) not officially concerned with such process

until the award of Contract is announced.

3.33.4 Any effort by a Tenderer to influence KMTC or any of its staff members in the process of

examination, evaluation and comparison of tenders and information or decisions concerning

award of Contract may result in the rejection of the Tenderer’s tender.

3.34 Clarification of Tenders and Contacting KMTC

3.34.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of Tenders KMTC may, at its discretion,

ask the Tenderer for a clarification of its Tender. The request for clarification and the response

shall be in writing, and no change in the rates and prices or substance of the Tender shall be

sought, offered, or permitted.

3.34.2 The Tenderer is required to provide timely clarification or substantiation of the information that

is essential for effective evaluation of its qualifications. It is the responsibility of the Tenderer to

provide in writing the clarification or substantiation which should reach KMTC within five (5)

days from the date of KMTC’s query. Such writing may include by electronic mail, facsimile or

postal mail. Should there be no conclusive response within this period, it shall result in the

Tenderer’s disqualification.

3.34.3 Save as is provided in this paragraph and paragraph 3.33 above, no Tenderer shall contact KMTC

on any matter related to its Tender, from the time of the tender openings to the time the contract

is awarded.

3.34.4 Any effort by a Tenderer to influence KMTC in its decisions on tender evaluation, tender

comparison, tender recommendation(s) or contract award may result in the rejection of the

Tenderer’s Tender.

3.35 Preliminary Evaluation and Responsiveness

3.35.1 Prior to the detailed Technical and Financial evaluation, KMTC will determine the substantial

responsiveness of each Tender. For purposes of this tender, a substantially responsive Tender is

one that conforms to the requirements of Preliminary Evaluation. KMTC’s determination of a

Tender’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the Tender itself without recourse to

extrinsic evidence.

3.35.2 KMTC will examine the Tenders to determine whether they conform to the Preliminary

Evaluation Criteria set out in Section X Summary of Evaluation Process (Evaluation Criteria).

3.35.3 Notwithstanding the contents of the foregoing sub-paragraphs, if a Tender is not substantially

responsive, it will be rejected at the earliest stage of evaluation by KMTC and cannot

subsequently be made responsive by the Tenderer by correction of any non–conformity.

23

3.36 Minor Deviations, Errors or Oversights

3.36.1 KMTC may waive any minor deviation in a Tender that does not materially depart from the

requirements of the Works set out in the Tender Document.

3.36.2 Such minor deviation -

3.36.2.1 shall be quantified to the extent possible

3.36.2.2 shall be taken into account in the evaluation process, and,

3.36.2.3 shall be applied uniformly and consistently to all qualified Tenders duly received by

KMTC.

3.36.3 KMTC may waive errors and oversights that can be corrected without affecting the substance of

the Tender.

3.36.4 A material deviation or reservation is one –

a) which affects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the works;

b) which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the tendering documents, KMTC’s

rights or the Tenderer’s obligations under the Contract; or,

c) whose rectification would affect unfairly the competitive position of other Tenderers

presenting responsive tenders.

3.37 Evaluation Criteria– Preliminary, Technical and Financial

(a) The Tenders submitted will be evaluated in three stages; Preliminary, Technical

and Financial. Tenderers will proceed to the Technical Stage only if they qualify

in compliance with Preliminary Evaluation. Only technical bids that attain a

minimum score of 75% will be eligible for financial evaluation as detailed in (c)

below.

The evaluation criteria will be based on the following weights:

a. Technical score weight - 80%

b. Financial score weight - 20%

(b) The criteria to be followed at the Technical Evaluation stage are contained in

Evaluation Process, and Bidders are urged to follow the format outlined therein

which is critical in determining the responsiveness of the bids.

(c) To be eligible for the Financial Evaluation, bidders must score at least seventy

(75) out of one hundred (100) at the Technical Evaluation stage. Each responsive

tender will be given a technical score (St). A tender shall be rejected at this stage

if it fails to achieve the minimum technical score.

(d) The Evaluation Committee will determine whether the financial proposals are

complete (i.e. whether the tenderer has costed all the items of the corresponding

Technical Proposal and correct any computational errors). The cost of any

unpriced items shall be assumed to be included in other costs in the proposal. In

all cases, the total price of the Financial Proposal as submitted shall prevail.

(e) The formulae for determining the Financial Score (Sf) shall, unless an alternative

formula is indicated in the Appendix “ITT”, be as follows:-

24

Sf = 100 X FM/F where Sf is the financial score; Fm is the lowest priced financial

proposal and F is the price of the proposal under consideration. Proposals will be

ranked according to their combined technical (St) and financial (Sf) scores using

the weights (T=the weight given to the Technical Proposal: P = the weight given

to the Financial Proposal; T + p = I) indicated in the Appendix. The combined

technical and financial score, S, is calculated as follows: - S = St x T % + Sf x P

%. The firm achieving the highest combined technical and financial score can be

invited for negotiations.

1.1 If a tender is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected, and may not subsequently be

made responsive by correction or withdrawal of the non-conforming deviation or

reservation.

1.2 Tenders determined to be substantially responsive will be checked for any arithmetic

errors. Errors will be corrected as follows:

(a) where there is a discrepancy between the amount in figures and the amount in

words, the amount in words will prevail; and

(b) where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the line item total resulting

from multiplying the unit rate by the quantity, the unit rate as quoted will prevail,

unless in the opinion of the Employer, there is an obvious typographical error, in

which case the adjustment will be made to the entry containing that error.

(c) In the event of a discrepancy between the tender amount as stated in the Form of

Tender and the corrected tender figure in the main summary of the Bill of

Quantities, the amount as stated in the Form of Tender shall prevail.

(d) The Error Correction Factor shall be computed by expressing the difference

between the tender amount and the corrected tender sum as a percentage of the

corrected Builder’s Work (i.e. Corrected tender sum less P.C. and Provisional

Sums)

(e) The Error Correction Factor shall be applied to all Builders’ Work (as a rebate or

addition as the case may be) for the purposes of valuations for Interim Certificates

and valuation of variations.

(f) the amount stated in the tender will be adjusted in accordance with the above

procedure for the correction of errors and, with

Concurrence of the tenderer, shall be considered as binding upon the tenderer. If

the tenderer does not accept the corrected amount, the tender may be rejected and

the Tender Security may be forfeited in accordance with clause 3.11.

1.3 The Employer will evaluate and compare only the tenders determined to be substantially

responsive in accordance with Clause 5.5.

1.4 In evaluating the tenders, the Employer will determine for each tender the evaluated

tender price by adjusting the tender price as follows:

(a) making any correction for errors pursuant to clause 5.7;

25

(b) excluding provisional sums and the provision, if any, for contingencies in the Bill

of Quantities, but including Day works where priced competitively.

(c) making an appropriate adjustment for any other acceptable variations, deviations,

or alternative offers submitted in accordance with clause 3.12; and

(d) making appropriate adjustments to reflect discounts or other price modifications

offered in accordance with clause 4.6

1.5 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any variation, deviation, or alternative

offer. Variations, deviations, and alternative offers and other factors which are in excess

of the requirements of the tender documents or otherwise result in unsolicited benefits for

the Employer will not be taken into account in tender evaluation.

1.6 The tenderer shall not influence the Employer on any matter relating to his tender from

the time of the tender opening to the time the Contract is awarded. Any effort by the

Tenderer to influence the Employer or his employees in his decision on tender evaluation,

tender comparison or Contract award may result in the rejection of the tender.

1.7 Firms incorporated in Kenya where indigenous Kenyans own 51% or more of the share

capital shall be allowed a 10% preferential bias provided that they do not sub-contract

work valued at more than 50% of the Contract Price excluding Provisional Sums to an

non-indigenous sub-contractor.

3.38 Financial Evaluation

3.38.1 The financial evaluation and comparison shall be as set out in the Summary of Evaluation

Process. The comparison shall be -

a) of the rates and prices including all costs as well as duties and taxes payable on all the

materials to be used in the execution of the Works.

b) deviations in Payment Schedule from that specified in the Special Conditions of Contract

3.38.2 Where other currencies are used, KMTC will convert those currencies to the same currency using

the selling exchange rate ruling on the date of tender closing provided by the Central Bank of

Kenya.

3.39 Preferences

3.39.1 Where applicable, in the evaluation of tenders, exclusive preference shall be given to citizens of

Kenya where -

3.39.1.1 the funding is one hundred percent (100%) from the Government of Kenya or a

Kenyan body, and,

3.39.1.2 the amount of the tender as evaluated is below Ksh. 200 Million

3.39.2 A graduated margin of preference, shall where circumstances permit, be applied as follows:-

3.39.2.1 10% of the total evaluated price for Tenderers where the

shareholding of Kenyan citizens in the Tenderer firm is above 50%.

3.39.2.2 8% of the total evaluated price for Tenderers where the shareholding of Kenyan

citizens in the Tenderer firm is above 20% but not more than 50%.

3.39.2.3 6% of the total evaluated price for Tenderers where the shareholding of Kenyan

citizens in the Tenderer firm is not more than 20%.

26

3.39.3 Where citizen contractors enter into joint venture, sub-contracting or other contractual

arrangements with foreign companies, the margin of preference shall be ten percent (10%) and

applied on the following conditions:-

a) that the shareholding of the citizen contractor in the joint venture, sub-contracting or other

contractual arrangements is above 50%

b) the citizen contractor is -

(i.) a natural person, genuine holder of a valid Kenyan National Identity Card, or

(ii.) Kenyan company that is incorporated under the Companies Act, Chapter 486 of

the laws of Kenya (as may be amended from time to time or replaced), and

b) the Kenyan company is wholly owned and controlled by Kenyan citizens

c) the Tenderer (citizen contractor) must submit together with its tender a copy of the

written joint venture, sub-contracting or other contractual arrangement document.

3.39.4 Where foreign companies enter into joint venture or sub-contracting arrangements with local

contractors, the foreign company may benefit from the preference scheme on the following

conditions:-

a) that the shareholding of the local contractor in the joint venture, sub-contracting

arrangements is above 50%

b) the local contractor is -

(i.) a Kenyan company that is registered under the Companies Act, Chapter 486 of the

laws of Kenya (as may be amended from time to time or replaced), and

(iii.) the operations of the Kenyan company must be based in Kenya

c) the foreign company must submit together with its tender a copy of the written joint

venture or sub-contracting arrangements document.

3.39.5 In any of the cases above, if a Tenderer is entitled to more than one preference, that Tenderer will

be given only the preference that gives it the highest advantage.

3.39.6 For purposes of this paragraph the Tenderer shall submit with its Tender, the following

documents:-

a) a valid copy of certificate or letter of Confirmation of Ownership or Partnerships and

Shareholding issued and signed by the Registrar of Companies or Registrar of Business

Names both of the Office of the Attorney General of Kenya.

b) The certificate must not be more than three (3) months old from the Date of the Tender

Document. KMTC reserves the right to subject the certificate to authentication.

c) A copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the company

d) In JV, sub-contracting or other contractual arrangements, copies of the Memorandum and

Articles of Association of each company in the JV, sub-contracting or other contractual

arrangements.

27

3.40 Tender Evaluation Period

3.40.1 The tender evaluation committee may conduct and complete a preliminary and technical

evaluation of the tender within thirty (30) days of the validity period from the date of the first

opening of the Tender.

3.40.2 The tender evaluation committee may conduct the financial evaluation of the tender within five

(5) days of the validity period from the date of completion of technical evaluation.

3.40.3 Notwithstanding the above, the overall evaluation period for the tender shall be thirty five (35)

days in the validity period of the tender.

3.41 Debarment of a Tenderer

A Tenderer who gives false information in the Tender about its qualification or who refuses to

enter into a contract after notification of contract award shall be considered for debarment from

participating in future public procurement.

3.42 Confirmation of Qualification for Award

3.42.1 KMTC may confirm to its satisfaction whether the Tenderer that is selected as having submitted

the lowest evaluated responsive tender is qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily.

3.42.2 The confirmation will take into account the Tenderer’s financial, technical, and performance

capabilities. It will be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Tenderer’s

qualifications submitted by the Tenderer, pursuant to paragraph 3.20 as well as confirmation of

such other information as KMTC deems necessary and appropriate. This may include factory,

office and other facilities inspection and audits.

3.42.3 An affirmative confirmation will be a prerequisite for award of the contract to the Tenderer. A

negative confirmation will result in rejection of the Tenderer’s Tender, in which event KMTC

will proceed to the next lowest evaluated responsive tender to make a similar confirmation of that

Tenderer’s capabilities to perform satisfactorily.

3.43 Award of Contract

3.43.1 KMTC will award the contract to the successful Tenderer whose Tender has been determined to

be substantially responsive, compliant with the evaluation criteria and has been determined to be

the lowest evaluated tender, and further, where deemed necessary, that the Tenderer is confirmed

to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily.

3.44 Termination of Procurement Proceedings

3.44.1 KMTC may at any time terminate procurement proceedings before contract award and shall not

be liable to any person for the termination.

3.44.2 KMTC shall give prompt notice of the termination to the Tenderers, and, on request from any

Tenderer, give its reasons for termination within fourteen (14) days of such request.

3.45 Notification of Award

3.45.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of tender validity, KMTC shall notify the successful

Tenderer in writing that its Tender has been accepted.

28

3.45.2 The notification of award shall not constitute the formation of the contract until one is finally

signed by both parties.

3.45.3 Simultaneously, and without prejudice to the contents of paragraph 3.34, on issuance of

Notification of Award to the successful Tenderer, KMTC shall notify each unsuccessful

Tenderer.

3.45.4 A notification of the tender outcome does not reduce the validity period for any tender security

whether the Tenderer is successful or not, except where such tender security is officially released

to the Bank and/or the Tenderer and such Bank discharged of all its obligations by KMTC prior

to the expiry of its stated validity period.

3.46 Clarifications with Lowest Evaluated Successful Tenderer

3.46.1 Clarifications may be undertaken with the lowest responsive evaluated Tenderer relating to any

or all of the following areas:-

a) A minor alteration to the technical details of the BQ’s

b) Reduction of quantities for budgetary reasons where the reductions in excess of any

provided for in the Tender Document

c) A minor amendment to the Special Conditions of Contract.

d) Finalizing payment arrangements (excluding any Advance Payment)

e) Mobilization arrangements e.g. operational details (excluding any Advance Payment)

f) Agreeing final delivery or Work Plans to accommodate and changes required by KMTC.

g) Methodology and Staffing

h) Clarifying details that were not apparent or could not be finalized at the time of tendering

3.46.2 Clarifications shall not change the substance of the Tender.

3.47 Signing of Contract

3.47.1 At the same time as KMTC notifies the successful Tenderer that its Tender has been accepted,

KMTC will send the Tenderer the Contract Agreement provided in the Tender Document

together with any other necessary documents incorporating all agreements between the Parties.

3.47.2 Within fourteen (14) days of the date of notification of award, the successful Tenderer shall only

sign the Contract Form and all the documents specified in that Form and return them to KMTC

within that period of fourteen (14) days.

3.47.3 KMTC shall sign and date the Contract in the period between not earlier than fourteen (14) days

from the date of notification of contract award and not later than thirty (30) days after expiry of

tender validity. Further, KMTC shall not sign the contract until and unless the authentic

performance security is received in accordance with paragraph 3.48.

3.47.4 Failure of the successful Tenderer to sign the Contract, the award shall be annulled and its tender

security forfeited in which event KMTC shall notify the next lowest evaluated Tenderer that its

Tender has been accepted.

3.47.5 Paragraph 3.45 together with the provisions of this paragraph 3.47 will apply with necessary

modifications with respect to the Tenderer notified under sub-paragraph 3.47.4.

29

3.48 Performance Security

3.48.1 Within twenty one (21) days of the date of notification of award from KMTC, the successful

Tenderer shall furnish KMTC with a Performance Security which shall be either one or a

combination of the following:

a) an original Bank Guarantee that is strictly in the form and content as prescribed in the

Performance Security Form (Bank Guarantee) in the Tender Document.

b) For local bidders, Standby Letters of Credit (LC). All costs, expenses and charges levied

by all banks party to the LC shall be prepaid by the Tenderer. The LC must contain all the

mandatory conditions of payment to KMTC as prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters

of Credit) provided in the Tender Document.

c) For foreign bidders, Standby Letters of Credit (LC) confirmed by a bank in Kenya. All

costs, expenses and charges levied by all banks party to the LC including confirmation

charges shall be prepaid by the Tenderer. The LC must contain all the mandatory

conditions of payment to KMTC as prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters of Credit)

provided in the Tender Document.

3.48.2 The Performance Security shall be issued by a commercial bank licensed by the Central Bank of

Kenya. The bank must be located in Kenya.

3.48.3 The successful Tenderer shall furnish a Performance Security being the sum of ten percent (10%)

of the contract price.

3.48.4 KMTC shall seek authentication of the Performance Security from the issuing bank. It is the

responsibility of the successful Tenderer to sensitize its issuing bank on the need to respond

directly and expeditiously to queries from KMTC. The period for response shall not exceed five

(5) days from the date of KMTC’s query. Should there be no conclusive response by the Bank

within this period, such successful Tenderer’s Performance Security may be deemed as invalid.

3.48.5 Failure of the successful Tenderer to furnish an authentic Performance Security, the award shall

be annulled and the Tender Security forfeited, in which event KMTC may notify the next lowest

evaluated Tenderer that its Tender has been accepted.

3.48.6 Paragraph 3.45, 3.47 together with the provisions of this paragraph 3.48 will apply with

necessary modifications, and as far as circumstances permit, with respect to the Tenderer notified

under sub-paragraph 3.48.5.

3.49 Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices

3.49.1 KMTC requires that Tenderers observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement

process and execution of contracts. When used in the present Regulations, the following terms

are defined as follows: -

a) “Corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of anything of value

to influence the action of public official in the procurement process or in contract

execution;

b) “Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a

procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of KMTC, and

includes collusive practice among Tenderers (prior to or after Tender submission)

designed to establish tender prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive

KMTC of the benefits of free and open competition.

30

3.49.2 KMTC will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Tenderer recommended for award

has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in question.

3.49.3 Further, a Tenderer who is found to have indulged in corrupt or fraudulent practices risks being

debarred from participating in public procurement in Kenya.

31

SECTION IV - BID DATA SHEET (Appendix to Instructions To Tenderers)

The following information regarding the particulars of the tender shall complement and or amend the

provisions of the Instructions to Tenderers hereinafter abbreviated as ITT. Wherever there is a conflict

between the provisions of the ITT and the Bid Data Sheet, the provisions of the BDS shall prevail over

those of the ITT.

No. ITT Reference Clause Particulars of Appendix

1. 3.2.1 Eligible Tenderers Only tenderers who are registered NCA 3 and above are eligible to

participate.

2. 3.6 Time for Completion

of works

As indicated in Form of Tender

4. 3.16(f) – List of Previous

Customers

The Tenderer shall submit at least four (4) names with full contact

including telephone, email and physical addresses of previous

clients of similar Works and letters from the previous clients

confirming satisfactory completion of the contracts and on

schedule.

5. 3.24.1 Tender Security Tender Security is Ksh. 720,000.00 as original Bank Guarantee that

is strictly in the form and content as prescribed in the Tender

Security Form (Bank Guarantee) or For local bidders, Standby

Letters of Credit (LC). All costs, expenses and charges levied by all

banks party to the LC shall be prepaid by the Tenderer. The LC

must contain all the mandatory conditions of payment to KMTC as

prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters of Credit) or For foreign

bidders, Standby Letters of Credit (LC) confirmed by a bank in

Kenya. All costs, expenses and charges levied by all banks party to

the LC including confirmation charges shall be prepaid by the

Tenderer. The LC must contain all the mandatory conditions of

payment to KMTC as prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters of

Credit) in the Tender Document. The Tender Security shall be valid

for thirty (30) days beyond the validity of the tender.

6. 3.25 Validity of

Tenders

Tenders shall remain valid for one hundred and twenty (120) days

after the date of tender opening.

7. 3.27 Number of Sets of

and Tender Format

The Tenderer shall divide and mark the sets as follows:-

– Three (2) sets i.e. Original, Copy

8. 3.43 Award of Contract Award shall be on basis to the lowest Compliant bidders per site.

Prices quoted shall be Delivered Duty Paid (DDP) to the respective

site and shall be inspected at various sites.

9. 3.48 Performance

Security

Performance Security shall be 10% of the contract sum

10 3.10 Site visit Site visit is a MUST

32

SECTION V - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Table of Contents

1 Definitions ………………………………………………… 39

2 Interpretation……………………………………………… 41

3 Language and Law ………………………………………… 42

4 Project Manager’s Decisions……………………………… 42

5 Delegation………………………………………………… 42

6 Communications ………………………………………… 42

7 Sub-Contracting ………………………………………… 42

8 Other Contractors ……………………………………… 42

9 Personnel ………………………………………………… 42

10 Works……………………………………………………… 43

11 Safety and temporary works ……………………………… 43

12 Discoveries ………………………………………………… 43

13 Work Program ………………………………………… 43

14 Possession of site ………………………………………… 44

15 Access to site …………………………………………… 44

16 Instructions ……………………………………………… 44

17 Extension or Acceleration of completion date ………… 44

18 Management Meetings ………………………………… 45

19 Early Warning …………………………………………… 45

20 Defects …………………………………………………… 45

21 Bills of Quantities ………………………………………… 46

22 Variations ………………………………………………… 46

23 Payment certificates, currency of payments and

Advance Payments ……………………………………… 47

24 Compensation events …………………………………… 49

25 Price Adjustment ………………………………………… 50

26 Retention ………………………………………………… 52

27 Liquidated Damages……………………………………… 52

28 Securities ………………………………………………… 52

29 Day Works ……………………………………………… 53

30 Liability and Insurance …………………………………… 54

31 Completion and taking over ……………………………… 55

33

32 Final Account …………………………………………… 55

33 Termination ……………………………………………… 55

34 Payment upon termination ………………………………… 56

35 Release from performance ………………………………… 57

36 Corrupt gifts and payments of commission ………………..57

37 Settlement of Disputes …………………………………… 58

34

1. Definitions

1.1 In this Contract, except where context otherwise requires, the following terms shall be

interpreted as indicated;

“Bill of Quantities” means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of

the tender.

“Compensation Events” are those defined in Clause 24 hereunder.

“The Completion Date” means the date of completion of the Works as certified by the

Project Manager, in accordance with Clause 31.

“The Contract” means the agreement entered into between the Employer and the

Contractor as recorded in the Agreement Form and signed by the parties including all

attachments and appendices thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein

to execute, complete, and maintain the Works,

“The Contractor” refers to the person or corporate body whose tender to carry out the

Works has been accepted by the Employer.

“The Contractor’s Tender’s the completed tendering document submitted by the

Contractor to the Employer.

“The Contract Price” is the price stated in the Letter of Acceptance and thereafter as

adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

“Days” are calendar days; “Months” are calendar months.

“A Defect” is any part of the Works not completed in accordance with the Contract.

“The Defects Liability Certificate” is the certificate issued by Project Manager upon

correction of defects by the Contractor.

“The Defects Liability Period” is the period named in the Contract Data and calculated

from the Completion Date.

“Drawings” include calculations and other information provided or approved by the

Project Manager for the execution of the Contract.

“Day works” are Work inputs subject to payment on a time basis for labour and the

associated materials and plant.

“Employer”, or the “Procuring entity” as defined in the Public Procurement

Regulations (i.e. Central or Local Government administration, Universities, Public

Institutions and Corporations, etc) is the party who employs the Contractor to carry out

the Works.

“Equipment” is the Contractor’s machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the Site

for the execution of the Works.

35

“The Intended Completion Date” is the date on which it is intended that the Contractor

shall complete the Works. The Intended Completion Date may be revised only by the

Project Manager by issuing an extension of time or an acceleration order.

“Materials” are all supplies, including consumables, used by the Contractor for

incorporation in the Works.

“Plant” is any integral part of the Works that shall have a mechanical, electrical,

chemical, or biological function.

“Project Manager” is the person named in the Special Conditions of Contract (or any

other competent person appointed by the Employer and notified to the Contractor, to act

in replacement of the Project Manager) who is responsible for supervising the execution

of the Works and administering the Contract and shall be an “Architect” or a “Quantity

Surveyor” registered under the Architects and Quantity Surveyors Act Cap 525 or an

“Engineer” registered under Engineers Registration Act Cap 530.

“Site” is the area defined as such in the Appendix to Condition of Contract.

“Site Investigation Reports” are those reports that may be included in the tendering

documents which are factual and interpretative about the surface and subsurface

conditions at the Site.

“Specifications” means the Specifications of the Works included in the Contract and any

modification or addition made or approved by the Project Manager.

“Start Date” is the latest date when the Contractor shall commence execution of the

Works. It does not necessarily coincide with the Site possession date(s).

“A Subcontractor” is a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the Contractor

to carry out a part of the Work in the Contract, which includes Work on the Site.

“Temporary works” are works designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the

Contractor which are needed for construction or installation of the Works.

“A Variation” is an instruction given by the Project Manager which varies the Works.

“The Works” are what the Contract requires the Contractor to construct, install, and

turnover to the Employer, as defined in the Special Conditions of Contract.

2. Interpretation

2.1 In interpreting these Conditions of Contract, singular also means plural, male also means

female or neuter, and the other way around. Headings have no significance. Words have

their normal meaning in English Language unless specifically defined. The Project

Manager will provide instructions clarifying queries about these Conditions of Contract.

2.2 If sectional completion is specified in the Special Conditions of Contract, reference in the

Conditions of Contract to the Works, the Completion Date and the Intended Completion

Date apply to any section of the Works (other than references to the Intended Completion

Date for the whole of the Works).

36

2.3 The following documents shall constitute the Contract documents and shall be interpreted

in the following order of priority;

(1) Agreement,

(2) Letter of Acceptance,

(3) Contractor’s Tender,

(4) Special Conditions of Contract,

(5) Conditions of Contract,

(6) Specifications,

(7) Drawings,

(8) Bill of Quantities,

(9) Any other documents listed in the Special Conditions of Contract as forming part

of the Contract.

Immediately after the execution of the Contract, the Project Manager

shall furnish both the Employer and the Contractor with two copies

each of all the Contract documents. Further, as and when necessary

the Project Manager shall furnish the Contractor [always with a copy

to the Employer] with three [3] copies of such further drawings or

details or descriptive schedules as are reasonably necessary either to

explain or amplify the Contract drawings or to enable the

Contractor to carry out and complete the Works in accordance with

these Conditions.

3. Language and Law

3.1 Language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract shall be English language

and the Laws of Kenya respectively unless otherwise stated.

4 Project Manager’s Decisions

4.1 Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Project Manager will decide contractual

matters between the Employer and the Contractor in the role representing the Employer.

5 Delegation

5.1 The Project Manager may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities to others after

notifying the Contractor.

6 Communications

6.1 Communication between parties shall be effective only when in writing. A notice shall

be effective only when it is delivered.

37

7 Subcontracting

7.1 The Contractor may subcontract with the approval of the Project Manager, but may not

assign the Contract without the approval of the Employer in writing. Subcontracting shall

not alter the Contractor’s obligations.

8 Other Contractors

8.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other contractors, public

authorities, utilities etc. as listed in the Special Conditions of Contract and also with the

Employer, as per the directions of the Project Manager. The Contractor shall also provide

facilities and services for them. The Employer may modify the said List of Other

Contractors etc., and shall notify the Contractor of any such modification.

9 Personnel

9.1 The Contractor shall employ the key personnel named in the Qualification Information, to

carry out the functions stated in the said Information or other personnel approved by the

Project Manager. The Project Manager will approve any proposed replacement of key

personnel only if their relevant qualifications and abilities are substantially equal to or

better than those of the personnel listed in the Qualification Information. If the Project

Manager asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the Contractor’s

staff or work force, stating the reasons, the Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves

the Site within seven days and has no further connection with the Work in the Contract.

10 Works

10.1 The Contractor shall construct and install the Works in accordance with the Specifications

and Drawings. The Works may commence on the Start Date and shall be carried out in

accordance with the Program submitted by the Contractor, as updated with the approval

of the Project Manager, and complete them by the Intended Completion Date.

11 Safety and Temporary Works

11.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of temporary works. However before

erecting the same, he shall submit his designs including specifications and drawings to the

Project Manager and to any other relevant third parties for their approval. No erection of

temporary works shall be done until such approvals are obtained.

11.2 The Project Manager’s approval shall not alter the Contractor’s responsibility for design

of the Temporary works and all drawings prepared by the Contractor for the execution of

the temporary or permanent Works, shall be subject to prior approval by the Project

Manager before they can be used.

11.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on the Site.

12. Discoveries

12.1 Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly discovered on

Site shall be the property of the Employer. The Contractor shall notify the Project

Manager of such discoveries and carry out the Project Manager’s instructions for dealing

with them.

38

13. Work Program

13.1 Within the time stated in the Special Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall

submit to the Project Manager for approval a program showing the general

methods, arrangements, order, and timing for all the activities in the Works. An

update of the program shall be a program showing the actual progress achieved on

each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the remaining

Work, including any changes to the sequence of the activities.

The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for approval an updated program at

intervals no longer than the period stated in the Special Conditions of Contract. If the

Contractor does not submit an updated program within this period, the Project Manager

may withhold the amount stated in the said Appendix from the next payment certificate

and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment after the date on which the

overdue program has been submitted. The Project Manager’s approval of the program

shall not alter the Contractor’s obligations. The Contractor may revise the program and

submit it to the Project Manager again at any time. A revised program shall show the

effect of Variations and Compensation Events.

14. Possession of Site

14.1 The Employer shall give possession of all parts of the Site to the Contractor. If

possession of a part is not given by the date stated in the Special Conditions of Contract,

the Employer will be deemed to have delayed the start of the relevant activities, and this

will be a Compensation Event.

15. Access to Site

15.1 The Contractor shall allow the Project Manager and any other person authorized by the

Project Manager, access to the Site and to any place where work in connection with the

Contract is being carried out or is intended to be carried out.

16. Instructions

16.1 The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Project Manager which are in

accordance with the Contract.

17. Extension or Acceleration of Completion Date

17.1 The Project Manager shall extend the Intended Completion Date if a Compensation Event

occurs or a variation is issued which makes it impossible for completion to be achieved

by the Intended Completion Date without the Contractor taking steps to accelerate the

remaining Work, which would cause the Contractor to incur additional cost. The Project

Manager shall decide whether and by how much to extend the Intended Completion Date

within 21 days of the Contractor asking the Project Manager in writing for a decision

upon the effect of a Compensation Event or variation and submitting full supporting

information. If the Contractor has failed to give early warning of a delay or has failed to

39

cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay caused by such failure shall not be considered

in assessing the new (extended) Completion Date.

17.2 No bonus for early completion of the Works shall be paid to the Contractor by the

Employer.

18. Management Meetings

18.1 A Contract management meeting shall be held as per schedule and in any event not less

than once a month and attended by the Project Manager and the Contractor. Its business

shall be to review the plans for the remaining Work and to deal with matters raised in

accordance with the early warning procedure. The Project Manager shall record the

minutes of management meetings and provide copies of the same to those attending the

meeting and the Employer. The responsibility of the parties for actions to be taken shall

be decided by the Project Manager either at the management meeting or after the

management meeting and stated in writing to all who attended the meeting.

19. Early Warning

19.1 The Contractor shall warn the Project Manager at the earliest opportunity of specific

likely future events or circumstances that may adversely affect the quality of the work

increase the Contract Price or delay the execution of the Works. The Project Manager

may require the Contractor to provide an estimate of the expected effect of the future

event or circumstance on the Contract Price and Completion Date. The estimate shall be

provided by the Contractor as soon as reasonably possible.

19.2 The Contractor shall cooperate with the Project Manager in making and considering

proposals on how the effect of such an event or circumstance can be avoided or reduced

by anyone involved in the Work and in carrying out any resulting instructions of the

Project Manager.

20. Defects

20.1 The Project Manager shall inspect the Contractor’s work and notify the Contractor of any

defects that are found. Such inspection shall not affect the Contractor’s responsibilities.

The Project Manager may instruct the Contractor to search for a defect and to uncover

and test any Work that the Project Manager considers may have a defect. Should the

defect be found, the cost of uncovering and making good shall be borne by the

Contractor, However, if there is no defect found, the cost of uncovering and making good

shall be treated as a variation and added to the Contract Price.

20.2 The Project Manager shall give notice to the Contractor of any defects

before the end of the Defects Liability Period, which begins at Completion, and is defined

in the Special Conditions of Contract. The Defects Liability Period shall be extended for

as long as defects remain to be corrected.

40

20.3 Every time notice of a defect is given, the Contractor shall correct the notified defect

within the length of time specified by the Project Manager’s notice. If the Contractor has

not corrected a defect within the time specified in the Project Manager’s notice, the

Project Manager will assess the cost of having the defect corrected by other parties and

such cost shall be treated as a variation and be deducted from the Contract Price.

21. Bills Of Quantities

21.1 The Bills of Quantities shall contain items for the construction, installation, testing and

commissioning of the Work to be done by the Contractor. The Contractor will be paid for

the quantity of the Work done at the rate in the Bills of Quantities for each item.

21.2 If the final quantity of the Work done differs from the quantity in the Bills of Quantities

for the particular item by more than 25 percent and provided the change exceeds 1 percent

of the Initial Contract price, the Project Manager shall adjust the rate to allow for the

change.

21.3 If requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall provide the Project Manager

with a detailed cost breakdown of any rate in the Bills of Quantities.

22. Variations

22.1 All variations shall be included in updated programs produced by the Contractor.

22.2 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a quotation for carrying out the

variations when requested to do so. The Project Manager shall assess the quotation, which

shall be given within seven days of the request or within any longer period as may be

stated by the Project Manager and before the Variation is ordered.

22.3 If the work in the variation corresponds with an item description in the Bills of Quantities

and if in the opinion of the Project Manager, the quantity of work is not above the limit

stated in Clause 21.2 or the timing of its execution does not cause the cost per unit of

quantity to change, the rate in the Bills of Quantities shall be used to calculate the value

of the variation. If the cost per unit of quantity changes, or

if the nature or timing of the work in the variation does not correspond with items in the

Bills of Quantities, the quotation by the Contractor shall be in the form of new rates for

the relevant items of Work.

22.4 If the Contractor’s quotation is unreasonable, the Project Manager may order the variation

and make a change to the Contract price, which shall be based on the Project Manager’s

own forecast of the effects of the variation on the Contractor’s costs.

22.5 If the Project Manager decides that the urgency of varying the Work would prevent a

quotation being given and considered without delaying the Work, no quotation shall be

given and the variation shall be treated as a Compensation Event.

41

22.6 The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment for costs that could have been

avoided by giving early warning.

22.7 When the Program is updated, the Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with an

updated cash flow forecast.

23. Payment Certificates, Currency of Payments and Advance Payments

23.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager monthly applications for payment

giving sufficient details of the Work done and materials on Site and the amounts which

the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to. The Project Manager shall check the

monthly application and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor within 14 days.

The value of Work executed and payable shall be determined by the Project Manager.

23.2 The value of Work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the

Bills of Quantities completed; materials delivered on Site, variations and compensation

events. Such materials shall become the property of the Employer once the Employer has

paid the Contractor for their value. Thereafter, they shall not be removed from Site

without the Project Manager’s instructions except for use upon the Works.

23.3 Payments shall be adjusted for deductions for retention. The Employer shall pay the

Contractor the amounts certified by the Project Manager within 30 days of the date of

issue of each certificate. If the Employer makes a late payment, the Contractor shall be

paid simple interest on the late payment in the next payment. Interest shall be calculated

on the basis of number of days delayed at a rate three percentage points above the Central

Bank of Kenya’s average rate for base lending prevailing as of the first day the payment

becomes overdue.

23.4 If an amount certified is increased in a later certificate or as a result of an award by an

Arbitrator, the Contractor shall be paid interest upon the delayed payment as set out in

this clause. Interest shall be calculated from the date upon which the increased amount

would have been certified in the absence of dispute.

23.5 Items of the Works for which no rate or price has been entered in will not be paid for by

the Employer and shall be deemed covered by other rates and prices in the Contract.

23.6 The Contract Price shall be stated in Kenya Shillings. All payments to the Contractor

shall be made in Kenya Shillings and foreign currency in the proportion indicated in the

tender, or agreed prior to the execution of the Contract Agreement and indicated therein.

The rate of exchange for the calculation of the amount of foreign currency payment shall

be the rate of exchange indicated in the Special Conditions of Contract. If the Contractor

indicated foreign currencies for payment other than the currencies of the countries of

origin of related goods and services the Employer reserves the right to pay the equivalent

at the time of payment in the currencies of the countries of such goods and services. The

Employer and the Project Manager shall be notified promptly by the Contractor of an

changes in the expected foreign currency requirements of the Contractor during the

execution of the Works as indicated in the Schedule of Foreign Currency Requirements

42

and the foreign and local currency portions of the balance of the Contract Price shall then

be amended by agreement between Employer and the Contractor in order to reflect

appropriately such changes.

23.7 In the event that an advance payment is granted, the following shall apply:-

a) On signature of the Contract, the Contractor shall at his request, and without

furnishing proof of expenditure, be entitled to an advance of 10% (ten percent) of

the original amount of the Contract. The advance shall not be subject to retention

money.

b) No advance payment may be made before the Contractor has submitted proof of

the establishment of deposit or a directly

liable guarantee satisfactory to the Employer in the amount of the advance

payment. The guarantee shall be in the same currency as the advance.

c) Reimbursement of the lump sum advance shall be made by deductions from the

Interim payments and where applicable from the balance owing to the Contractor.

Reimbursement shall begin when the amount of the sums due under the Contract

reaches 20% of the original amount of the Contract. It shall have been completed

by the time 80% of this amount is reached.

The amount to be repaid by way of successive deductions shall be calculated by means of the

formula:

R = A(x1 – x11)

80 – 20

Where:

R = the amount to be reimbursed

A = the amount of the advance which has been granted

X1 = the amount of proposed cumulative payments as a percentage of

the original amount of the Contract. This figure will exceed 20%

but not exceed 80%.

X11 = the amount of the previous cumulative payments as a percentage of

the original amount of the Contract. This figure will be below

80%but not less than 20%.

d) With each reimbursement the counterpart of the directly liable guarantee may be

reduced accordingly.

24. Compensation Events

24.1 The following issues shall constitute Compensation Events:

(a) The Employer does not give access to a part of the Site by the Site Possession

Date stated in the Appendix to Conditions of Contract.

43

(b) The Employer modifies the List of Other Contractors, etc., in a way that affects

the Work of the Contractor under the Contract.

(c) The Project Manager orders a delay or does not issue drawings, specifications or

instructions required for execution of the Works on time.

(d) The Project Manager instructs the Contractor to uncover or to carry out additional

tests upon the Work, which is then found to have no defects.

(e) The Project Manager unreasonably does not approve a subcontract to be let.

(f) Ground conditions are substantially more adverse than could reasonably have

been assumed before issuance of the Letter of Acceptance from the information

issued to tenderers (including the Site investigation reports), from information

available publicly and from a visual inspection of the Site.

(g) The Project Manager gives an instruction for dealing with an unforeseen

condition, caused by the Employer or additional work required for safety or other

reasons.

(h) Other contractors, public authorities, utilities, or the Employer does not work

within the dates and other constraints stated in the Contract, and they cause delay

or extra cost to the Contractor.

(i) The effects on the Contractor of any of the Employer’s risks.

(j) The Project Manager unreasonably delays issuing a Certificate of Completion.

(k) Other compensation events described in the Contract or determined by the Project

Manager shall apply.

24.2 If a compensation event would cause additional cost or would prevent the Work being

completed before the Intended Completion Date, the Contract Price shall be increased

and/or the Intended Completion Date shall be extended. The Project Manager shall

decide whether and by how much the Contract Price shall be increased and whether and

by how much the Intended Completion Date shall be extended.

24.3 As soon as information demonstrating the effect of each compensation event upon the

Contractor’s forecast cost has been provided by the Contractor, it shall be assessed by the

Project Manager, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. If the Contractor’s

forecast is deemed unreasonable, the Project Manager shall adjust the Contract Price

based on the Project Manager’s own forecast. The

Project Manager will assume that the Contractor will react competently and promptly to

the event.

24.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation to the extent that the Employer’s

interests are adversely affected by the Contractor not having given early warning or not

having co-operated with the Project Manager.

24.5 Prices shall be adjusted for fluctuations in the cost of inputs only if provided for in the

Special Conditions of Contract.

44

24.6 The Contractor shall give written notice to the Project Manager of his intention to make a

claim within thirty days after the event giving rise to the claim has first arisen. The claim

shall be submitted within thirty days thereafter. Provided always that should the event

giving rise to the claim of continuing effect, the Contractor shall submit an interim claim

within the said thirty days and a final claim within thirty days of the end of the event

giving rise to the claim.

25. Price Adjustment

25.1 The Project Manager shall adjust the Contract Price if taxes, duties and other levies are

changed between the date 30 days before the submission of tenders for the Contract and

the date of Completion. The adjustment shall be the change in the amount of tax payable

by the Contractor.

25.2 The Contract Price shall be deemed to be based on exchange rates current at the date of

tender submission in calculating the cost to the Contractor of materials to be specifically

imported (by express provisions in the Contract Bills of Quantities or Specifications) for

permanent incorporation in the Works. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, if at any

time during the period of the Contract exchange rates shall be varied and this shall affect

the cost to the Contractor of such materials, then the Project Manager shall assess the net

difference in the cost of such materials. Any amount from time to time so assessed shall

be added to or deducted from the Contract Price, as the case may be.

25.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Contract Price shall be deemed to have been

calculated in the manner set out below and in sub-clauses 25.4 and 25.5 and shall be

subject to adjustment in the events specified there under;

(i) The prices contained in the Contract Bills of Quantities shall be deemed to be

based upon the rates of wages and other

emoluments and expenses as determined by the Joint Building Council of Kenya

(J.B.C.) and set out in the schedule of basic rates issued 30 days before the date

for submission of tenders. A copy of the schedule used by the Contractor in his

pricing shall be attached in the Special Conditions of Contract.

(ii) Upon J.B.C. determining that any of the said rates of wages or other emoluments

and expenses are increased or decreased, then the Contract Price shall be increased

or decreased by the amount assessed by the Project Manager based upon the

difference, expressed as a percentage, between the rate set out

in the schedule of basic rates issued 30 days before the date for submission of

tenders and the rate published by the J.B.C. and applied to the quantum of labour

incorporated within the amount of Work remaining to be executed at the date of

publication of such increase or decrease.

(iii) No adjustment shall be made in respect of changes in the rates of wages and other

emoluments and expenses which occur after the date of Completion except during

such other period as may be granted as an extension of time under clause 17.0 of

these Conditions.

25.4 The prices contained in the Contract Bills of Quantities shall be deemed to be based upon

the basic prices of materials to be permanently incorporated in the Works as determined

by the J.B.C. and set out in the schedule of basic rates issued 30 days before the date for

45

submission of tenders. A copy of the schedule used by the Contractor in his pricing shall

be attached in the Special Conditions of Contract.

25.5 Upon the J.B.C. determining that any of the said basic prices are increased or decreased

then the Contract Price shall be increased or decreased by the amount to be assessed by

the Project Manager based upon the difference between the price set out in the schedule

of basic rates issued 30 days before the date for submission of tenders and the rate

published by the J.B.C. and applied to the quantum of the relevant materials which have

not been taken into account in arriving at the amount of any interim certificate under

clause 23 of these Conditions issued before the date of publication of such increase or

decrease.

25.6 No adjustment shall be made in respect of changes in basic prices of materials which

occur after the date for Completion except during such other period as may be granted as

an extension of time under clause 17.0 of these Conditions.

25.7 The provisions of sub-clause 25.1 to 25.2 herein shall not apply in respect of any

materials included in the schedule of basic rates.

26. Retention

26.1 The Employer shall retain from each payment due to the Contractor the proportion stated

in the Special Conditions of Contract until Completion of the whole of the Works. On

Completion of the whole of the Works, half the total amount retained shall be repaid to

the Contractor and the remaining half when the Defects Liability Period has passed and

the Project Manager has certified that all defects notified to the Contractor before the end

of this period have been corrected.

27. Liquidated Damages

27.1 The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Employer at the rate stated in the

Special Conditions of Contract for each day that the actual Completion Date is later than

the Intended Completion Date. The Employer may deduct liquidated damages from

payments due to the Contractor. Payment of liquidated damages shall not alter the

Contractor’s liabilities.

27.2 If the Intended Completion Date is extended after liquidated damages have been paid, the

Project Manager shall correct any overpayment of liquidated damages by the Contractor

by adjusting the next payment certificate. The Contractor shall be paid interest on the

overpayment, calculated from the date of payment to the date of repayment, at the rate

specified in Clause 23.30

28. Performance Security

28.1 The Performance Security shall be provided to the Employer no later than the date specified in

the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in an amount and form and by a commercial bank

licensed by the Central Bank of Kenya, and denominated in Kenya Shillings. The Performance

Security shall be valid until a date sixty (60) days beyond the date of issue of the Certificate of

Completion.

46

28.2 The Performance Security shall be either one or a combination of the following:

a) an original Bank Guarantee that is strictly in the form and content as prescribed in the

Performance Security Form (Bank Guarantee) in the Tender Document.

b) For Local bidders, Standby Letters of Credit (LC). All costs, expenses and charges levied

by all banks party to the LC shall be prepaid by the Tenderer. The LC must contain all the

mandatory conditions of payment to KMTC as prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters

of Credit) provided in the Tender Document.

c) For Foreign bidders, Standby Letters of Credit (LC) confirmed by a bank in Kenya. All

costs, expenses and charges levied by all banks party to the LC including confirmation

charges shall be prepaid by the Tenderer. The LC must contain all the mandatory

conditions of payment to KMTC as prescribed in the Tender Security (Letters of Credit)

provided in the Tender Document.

28.3 The successful Tenderer shall furnish a Performance Security being the sum of ten percent (10%)

of the contract price.

28.4 KMTC shall seek authentication of the Performance Security from the issuing bank. It is the

responsibility of the successful Tenderer to sensitize its issuing bank on the need to respond

directly and expeditiously to queries from KMTC. The period for response shall not exceed five

(5) days from the date of KMTC’s

query. Should there be no conclusive response by the Bank within this period, such successful

Tenderer’s Performance Security may be deemed as invalid.

28.5 Failure of the successful Tenderer to furnish an authentic Performance Security, the award shall

be annulled and the Tender Security forfeited, in which event KMTC may notify the next lowest

evaluated Tenderer that its Tender has been accepted.

3.40.6 Paragraph 3.38, 3.39 together with the provisions of this paragraph 3.40 will apply

with necessary modifications, and as far as circumstances permit, with respect to the

Tenderer notified under sub-paragraph 3.39.4

29. Day works

29.1 If applicable, the Day works rates in the Contractor’s tender shall be used for small

additional amounts of Work only when the Project Manager has given written instructions

in advance for additional work to be paid for in that way.

29.2 All work to be paid for as Day works shall be recorded by the Contractor on Forms

approved by the Project Manager. Each completed form shall be verified and signed by

the Project Manager within two days of the Work being done.

29.3 The Contractor shall be paid for Day works subject to obtaining signed Day works forms.

30. Liability and Insurance

30.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been issued, the following

are the Employer’s risks:

(a) The risk of personal injury, death or loss of or damage to property (excluding the

Works, Plant, Materials and Equipment), which are due to;

47

(i) use or occupation of the Site by the Works or for the purpose of the

Works, which is the unavoidable result of the Works, or

(ii) negligence, breach of statutory duty or interference with any legal right by

the Employer or by any person employed by or contracted to him except

the Contractor.

(b) The risk of damage to the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment to the extent

that it is due to a fault of the Employer or in Employer’s design, or due to war or

radioactive contamination directly affecting the place where the Works are being

executed.

30.2 From the Completion Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been issued, the

risk of loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and Materials is the Employer’s risk except

loss or damage due to;

(a) a defect which existed on or before the Completion Date.

(b) an event occurring before the Completion Date, which was not itself the

Employer’s risk

(c) the activities of the Contractor on the Site after the Completion date.

30.3 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has been issued, the risks of

personal injury, death and loss of or damage to property (including, without limitation,

the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment) which are not Employer’s risk are

Contractor’s risks.

The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Employer and the Contractor, insurance

cover from the Start Date to the end of the Defects Liability Period, in the amounts stated

in the Special Conditions of Contract for the following events;

(a) loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and Materials;

(b) loss of or damage to Equipment;

(c) loss of or damage to property (except the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment)

in connection with the Contract, and

(d) personal injury or death.

30.4 Policies and certificates for insurance shall be delivered by the Contractor to the Project

Manager for the Project Manager’s approval before the Start Date. All such insurance

shall provide for compensation required to rectify the loss or damage incurred.

30.5 If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates required, the

Employer may effect the insurance which the Contractor should have provided and

recover the premiums from payments otherwise due to the Contractor or, if no payment is

due, the payment of the premiums shall be a debt due.

30.6 Alterations to the terms of insurance shall not be made without the approval of the Project

Manager. Both parties shall comply with any conditions of insurance policies.

48

31. Completion and taking over

31.1 Upon deciding that the Works are complete, the Contractor shall issue a written request to

the Project Manager to issue a Certificate of Completion of the Works. The Employer

shall take over the Site and the Works within seven [7] days of the Project Manager are

issuing a Certificate of Completion.

32. Final Account

32.1 The Contractor shall issue the Project Manager with a detailed account of the total

amount that the Contractor considers payable to him by the Employer under the Contract

before the end of the Defects Liability Period. The Project Manager shall issue a Defects

Liability Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the Contractor within 30

days of receiving the Contractor’s account if it is correct and complete. If it is not, the

Project Manager shall issue within 30 days a schedule that states the scope of the

corrections or additions that are necessary. If the final account is still unsatisfactory after

it has been resubmitted, the Project Manager shall decide on the amount payable to the

Contractor and issue a Payment Certificate. The Employer shall pay the Contractor the

amount due in the Final Certificate within 60 days.

33. Termination

33.1 The Employer or the Contractor may terminate the Contract if the other party causes a

fundamental breach of the Contract. These fundamental breaches of Contract shall

include, but shall not be limited to, the following;

(a) the Contractor stops work for 30 days when no stoppage of work is shown on the

current program and the stoppage has not been authorized by the Project Manager;

(b) the Project Manager instructs the Contractor to delay the progress of the Works,

and the instruction is not withdrawn within 30 days;

(c) the Contractor is declared bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for a

reconstruction or amalgamation;

(d) a payment certified by the Project Manager is not paid by the Employer to the

Contractor within 30 days (for Interim Certificate) or 60 days (for Final

Certificate)of issue.

(e) the Project Manager gives notice that failure to correct a particular defect is a

fundamental breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to correct it within a

reasonable period of time determined by the Project Manager;

(f) the Contractor does not maintain a security, which is required.

33.2 When either party to the Contract gives notice of a breach of Contract to the Project

Manager for a cause other than those listed under Clause 33.1 above, the Project Manager

shall decide whether the breach is fundamental or not.

33.3 Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may terminate the Contract for convenience.

49

33.4 If the Contract is terminated, the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make the Site

safe and secure, and leave the Site as soon as reasonably possible. The Project Manager

shall immediately thereafter arrange for a meeting for the purpose of taking record of the

Works executed and materials, goods, equipment and temporary buildings on Site.

34. Payment Upon Termination

34.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the

Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue a certificate for the value of the Work done

and materials ordered and delivered to Site up to the date of the issue of the certificate.

Additional liquidated damages shall not apply. If the total amount due to the Employer

exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the difference shall be a debt payable by the

Contractor.

34.2 If the Contract is terminated for the Employer’s convenience or because of a fundamental

breach of Contract by the Employer, the Project Manager shall issue a certificate for the

value of the Work done, materials ordered, the reasonable cost of removal of equipment,

repatriation of the Contractor’s personnel employed solely on the

works, and the Contractor’s costs of protecting and securing the works.

34.3 The Employer may employ and pay other persons to carry out and complete the Works

and to rectify any defects and may enter upon the Works and use all materials on the Site,

plant, equipment and temporary works.

34.4 The Contractor shall, during the execution or after the completion of the Works under this

clause remove from the Site as and when required, within such reasonable time as the

Project Manager may in writing specify, any temporary buildings, plant, machinery,

appliances, goods or materials belonging to or hired by him, and in default the Employer

may (without being responsible for any loss or damage) remove and sell any such

property of the Contractor, holding the proceeds less all costs incurred to the credit of the

Contractor.

Until after completion of the Works under this clause the Employer shall not be bound by

any other provision of this Contract to make

Any payment to the Contractor, but upon such completion as aforesaid and the

verification within a reasonable time of the accounts therefore the Project Manager shall

certify the amount of expenses properly incurred by the Employer and, if such amount

added to the money paid to the Contractor before such determination exceeds the total

amount which would have been payable on due completion in accordance with this

Contract the difference shall be a debt payable to the Employer by the Contractor; and if

the said amount added to the said money be less than the said total amount, the difference

shall be a debt payable by the Employer to the Contractor.

35. Release from Performance

35.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any other event entirely outside

the control of either the Employer or the Contractor, the Project Manager shall certify that

the Contract has been frustrated. The Contractor shall make the Site safe and stop Work

as quickly as possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all Work carried

out before receiving it.

50

36. Corrupt gifts and payments of commission

The Contractor shall not;

(a) Offer or give or agree to give to any person in the service of the

Employer any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or

forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining

or execution of this or any other Contract for the Employer or for showing or forbearing

to show favour

or disfavour to any person in relation to this or any other contract for the Employer.

(b) Enter into this or any other contract with the Employer in connection with which

commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or on his behalf or to his

knowledge, unless before the Contract is made particulars of any such commission and of

the terms and conditions of any agreement for the payment thereof have been disclosed in

writing to the Employer.

Any breach of this Condition by the Contractor or by anyone employed by him or acting

on his behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of the Contractor) shall be an

offence under the provisions of the Public Procurement Regulations issued under The

Exchequer and Audit Act Cap 412 of the Laws of Kenya.

37. Settlement Of Disputes

37.1 In case any dispute or difference shall arise between the Employer or the Project Manager

on his behalf and the Contractor, either during the progress or after the completion or

termination of the Works, such dispute shall be notified in writing by either party to the

other with a request to submit it to arbitration and to concur in the appointment of an

Arbitrator within thirty days of the notice. The dispute shall be referred to the arbitration

and final decision of a person to be agreed between the parties. Failing agreement to

concur in the appointment of an Arbitrator, the Arbitrator shall be appointed by the

Chairman or Vice Chairman of any of the following professional institutions;

(i) Architectural Association of Kenya

(ii) Institute of Quantity Surveyors of Kenya

(iii) Association of Consulting Engineers of Kenya

(iv) Chartered Institute of Arbitrators (Kenya Branch)

(v) Institution of Engineers of Kenya

On the request of the applying party. The institution written to first by the aggrieved

party shall take precedence over all other institutions.

37.2 The arbitration may be on the construction of this Contract or on any matter or thing of

whatsoever nature arising there under or in connection therewith, including any matter or

thing left by this Contract to the discretion of the Project Manager, or the withholding by

the Project Manager of any certificate to which the Contractor may claim to be entitled to

51

or the measurement and valuation referred to in clause 23.0 of these conditions, or the

rights and liabilities of the parties subsequent to the termination of Contract.

37.3 Provided that no arbitration proceedings shall be commenced on any dispute or difference

where notice of a dispute or difference has not been given by the applying party within

ninety days of the occurrence or discovery of the matter or issue giving rise to the dispute.

37.4 Notwithstanding the issue of a notice as stated above, the arbitration of such a dispute or

difference shall not commence unless an attempt has in the first instance been made by

the parties to settle such dispute or difference amicably with or without the assistance of

third parties. Proof of such attempt shall be required.

37.5 Notwithstanding anything stated herein the following matters may be referred to

arbitration before the practical completion of the Works or abandonment of the Works or

termination of the Contract by either party:

37.5.1 The appointment of a replacement Project Manager upon the said person ceasing

to act.

37.5.2 Whether or not the issue of an instruction by the Project

Manager is empowered by these Conditions.

37.5.3 Whether or not a certificate has been improperly withheld

or is not in accordance with these Conditions.

37.5.4 Any dispute or difference arising in respect of war risks

or war damage.

37.6 All other matters shall only be referred to arbitration after the completion or alleged

completion of the Works or termination or alleged termination of the Contract, unless the

Employer and the Contractor agree otherwise in writing.

37.7 The Arbitrator shall, without prejudice to the generality of his powers, have powers to

direct such measurements, computations, tests or valuations as may in his opinion be

desirable in order to determine the rights of the parties and assess and award any sums

which ought to have been the subject of or included in any certificate.

37.8 The Arbitrator shall, without prejudice to the generality of his powers,

have powers to open up, review and revise any certificate, opinion, decision, requirement

or notice and to determine all matters in dispute which shall be submitted to him in the

same manner as if no such certificate, opinion, decision requirement or notice had been

given.

37.9 The award of such Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties.

52

SECTION VI - SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

A. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION WORKS AT KMTC MAKINDU

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CLAUSE REQUIREMENT(S)

Employer Kenya Medical Training College,

P. O. Box 30195 - 001000

Nairobi, Kenya.

Project Manager / Architect DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

Address – P.O BOX 30846 – 00100

NAIROBI

Quantity Surveyor ADDCONSULT SURVEYORS LTD,

Address – P.O BOX 3427 00506

NAIROBI

Structural Engineer SINKA ENGINEERING SERVICES

Address – P.O BOX 27664 - 00100

NAIROBI

Mechanical Engineers DUNSTONE CONSULTING

ENGINEERS Address – P.O. BOX

23167 – 00100 | NAIROBI

Electrical Engineers DUNSTONE CONSULTING

ENGINEERS Address – P.O. BOX

23167 – 00100 | NAIROBI

The Name and identification number of the

contract

PROPOSED TUITION BLOCK

The work consist of Completion of Tuition Block together

with associated services and external

works

Start Date As Directed by The Project Manager

Intended Completion Date for the whole of

the works

The number of days within which the

contractor shall submit a revised program

for the Works after delivery of the Letter of

Acceptance

14 Days

The Site Possession Date As Communicated by Project Manager

Site Location and Drawing Number Makindu Campus

Defects Liability Period (in days) ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY

(180) DAYS

Other Contractors, utilities etc to be

engaged by the Employer on the Site

53

The minimum insurance covers shall be;

1. The minimum cover for insurance of

the Works, Plant and Materials in

respect of the Contractor’s faulty

design

2. The minimum cover for loss or

damage to Equipment

3. The minimum cover for other

property

4. The minimum cover for personal

injury or death insurance

For the Contractor’s

employees

And for other people

AS PER TENDER

AS PER WORK INJURY

BENEFITS

AS PER WORK INJURY

BENEFITS

The period between program updates (In

days)

FOURTEEN (14) DAYS

The amount to be withheld for late

submission of an updated Program

FIFTY THOUSAND ( KES.

50,000.00)

The proportion of payment to be retained

(in Percent)

5%

The Price Adjustment Clause (Shall/shall

not apply)

SHALL NOT APPLY

The liquidated damages for the whole of the

works in Ksh (per week)

Kshs. 50,000 Per Calender Week or

Part Thereof

Maximum Limit of liquidated damages 10% of Contract Value

Performance Security (as a percentage of

the Contract Price)

10% of Contract Value

Completion Period for the works (in weeks) WILL BE AGREED UPON BY

BOTH PARTIES.

The rate of exchange for calculation of

foreign currency payments

The ruling interbank market rate on

the date of actual payment

Advance payment (Shall/Shall not be

granted)

SHALL NOT

Percentage of Retention(Of the Interim

Payment Certificate)

10% of Interim Payment Certificate

Maximum Limit of Retention Money 5 % of Contract Price

Minimum amount of interim certificates

Time (in days) after which payment is to be

made after Interim Payment Certificate

signed by Project Manager and date of

receipt of Invoice.

30 days

Time after which payment to be made after

Final Payment Certificate signed by Project

Manager and date of receipt of Invoice.

30 days

Appointer of Arbitrator

Signature of Tender…………………………………Date……………………

54

SECTION VII -SPECIFICATIONS

NOTES: Descriptions of the measured works in these bills of quantities shall be read in conjunction

with these preambles. Where there is a conflict between the said descriptions and these preambles, clarification should be sought from the Architect. Should the Builder find no parallel specification for items described in the bills, he should notify the Architect and seek further directions before pricing and/or proceeding with the work. Any work which may be condemned because of the Builder’s failure to observe the provision here above shall be rectified at the Builder’s cost.

The term Engineer wherever used is this section refers to the project Structural Engineer

TRADE PREAMBLES GENERAL GENERALLY

Generally for the purpose of the proposed buildings the following British standard specifications are referred to or their equivalent Kenya Bureau of standard specifications. Glossary of general building terms to conform to B.S. 3589. Schedule of weights of Building materials to conform to B.S. 648 Glossary of formwork terms to conform to B.S. 4330 Schedule of weights of Building materials to conform to B.S. 648. Glossary of formwork terms to conform to B.S. 4330. Glossary of terms relating to timber preservation to conform to B.S. 426. Glossary of terms relating to builder’s hardware to conform to B.S. 3827, Part 1-4. Glossary of terms relating to internal flooring, external rendering and floor screeding to conform to B.S. 4049. Glossary of terms applicable to sanitation to conform to B.S. 4118. Glossary of terms used in glass industry to conform to B.S. 3447. Glossary of terms applicable to paint to conform to B.S. 2015. Glossary of terms applicable to landscapes work shall conform to B.S. 3975.\ Methods of testing plasters top to conform to B.S. 2782. Fire tests on building materials and structures to conform to B.S. 476 part 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.

55

WALLING WALL REINFORCEMENT

Where so specified, shall consist of Hoop Iron 25 mm wide, one strip per 75 mm of wall thickness, laid in alternate joints for the full length of walls, lapped and crampled at running joints and full width of wall at angles and intersections.

CHASING

In load bearing walling for electrical conduit, pipes, etc., is to be kept to a minimum. The size to be cut and position and runs of chases are to be approved by the Architect before any cutting is commenced. Horizontal runs will not be permitted. All walls less than 200 mm thick shall be reinforced.

NATURAL STONE WALLING

Where masonry walls are specified, they shall be constructed of Natural Blue Stone and finished as described under the specification item description in the measured works section of these Bills of Quantities.

MORTARS

Cement mortar shall consist of one part of Portland Cement, three parts of sand by volume, The cement /lime mortar shall consist of one part of Portland Cement, one part of lime and six parts of sand by volume. The ingredients of mortar shall be measured in proper gauge boxes on boarded platform the ingredients being thoroughly mixed dry, and again whilst adding water. In the case of cement/lime mortar the sand and lime shall be mixed first and them the cement added. All mortar is to be thoroughly mixed to a uniform consistence with only sufficient water to obtain a plastic condition suitable for trowelling. No mortar that has commenced to set is to be used or re-mixed.

SETTING OUT

The Builder shall provide proper setting out rods and set out with the same all work showing openings, heights, cills and lintels and shall build the various walls, and piers to the thicknesses, widths and heights shown upon the drawings. No part of the walling shall be carried up more than three feet higher at one time than any other part and in such cases the jointing shall be made in long steps so as to prevent cracks arising and all walls shall be leveled round at floors and wall heads.

BONDING

All blocks shall be properly bonded together and in such a manner that no vertical joints in any one course shall be within 115 mm of a similar joint in the course immediately above and below. Alternate courses of walling at all angles and intersections shall be carried through the full thickness of the adjoining walls. All perpends, reveals, quoins and other angles and joints of the walls, etc. shall be built strictly true and square.

56

LAYING AND JOINTING All bricks and blocks are to be well wetted before laying and tops of walls where left off shall be well wetted before commencing building. All joints100 are to be 9 mm thick and flushed up and grouted in solid as the works proceeds. All the other faces shall be cleaned down on completion with a wire brush or as necessary and mortar droppings, smear marks, etc., removed and rates must include for this.

PUTLOG HOLES

All putlog holes shall be carefully, properly and completely filed up on completion of walling and before plastering is commenced.

FAIR FACE

Walling described as fair faced shall be built with selected blocks and pointed with neat recessed joints.

DAMP PROOF COURSE Damp proof course shall be bituminous felt complying with B.S. 743 weighing not less than 3.80 Kg per metre, free from tears, holes, lapped and 150 mm at running joints and full width of wall at angles, and intersections and bedded in hot bitumen on a levelling screed of cement and sand (1:4) 10 mm thick neatly pointed where exposed.

PRICES TO INCLUDE

The prices for walling shall include for all straight cutting, bonding, plumbing angles, forming reveals, pining up to underside of concrete soffits and cutting up to sides of columns and cutting and pinning ends of lintels and cills.

CARPENTRY

TIMBER

All timber shall be in accordance with the latest approved Grading Rules issued by the Government of Kenya (legal notice No. 358). Timber for carpentry shall be second (or select) grade.

GENERALLY

All timber shall be inspected as it arrives on the site by the Builder, and any timber brought on the site and not complying with the Specification or not approved must be removed forthwith from the site and only approved timber shall be used in the works. The Builder shall upon signing the Contract, purchase sufficient supplies of specified hardwood to avoid possible shortages of a later date.

SPECIES OF TIMBER The following timber shall be used:- Standard Common names Cypress, Podo, Cedar, Camphor, African Mahogany (Munyama), Meru Oak

57

TOLERANCES IN THICKNESS

Shall conform with the following extracts from the Government of Kenya Grading Rules (or the Metric equivalent) 1) Hardwood Grading: (First and Second Grades) The following tolerances in thickness will be admitted:- a) 1.5 mm oversize on pieces up to 25 mm in thickness b) 1/8 in. oversize on pieces over 25 mm and up to 50 mm in thickness c) 6 mm oversize on pieces over 50 mm in thickness 2) Softwood grading: Strength Grades (for carpentry) First and Second Grades. Undersize not allowed Oversize: all timber to be sawn oversize by 1.5 mm per 25 mm thickness and width. Not more that 3 mm in thickness and not more than 6 mm in width. 3) Softwood Grading: Appearance, grades ( for Joinery) First and Second Grades All as for Strength Grades above All timber shall be free of live or dead borer beetle or other insect attack when brought upon the site. The Builder shall be responsible up to the end of the maintenance period for executing at his own cost all work necessary to eradicate insect attack of timber which becomes evident including the replacement of timber attacked or suspected of being attacked, not withstanding that the timber concerned may have already been inspected and passed as fit for use.

SEASONING OF TIMBER

All timber shall be seasoned to a moisture content of not more than 22% for carpentry.

WORKMANSHIP All Carpenter’s work shall be accurately set out in strict accordance with the drawings and shall be framed together and securely fixed in the best responsible manner with properly made joints: all bands, nails and screws etc. shall be provided as necessary, directed, and approved, and the Builder’s prices shall allow for all the foregoing. All workmanship shall be of the best quality. All Carpenter’s work shall be left with sawn surfaces except where particularly specified to the wrought.

DIMENSIONS Dimensions of timber for Carpentry left with sawn faces shall comply with the previous clause specifying tolerance in thickness. Dimensions for wrought members shall be as described in joinery.

58

JOINTING All timber shall be as long as possible and practicable to eliminate joints. Where joints are unavoidable surfaces shall be in contact over the whole area of the joint before fastenings are applied. No nails, screws or bolts are to be fixed in any split end. If splitting is likely, or is encountered in the course of the work, holes for nails are to be pre-bored at diameters not exceeding 4/5th of the diameter of the nails. Clenched nails must be bent at right angles to the grain. Bull dog connectors shall also be used for connections where appropriate. Lead holes are to be bored for all screws. When the use of bolts is specified the holes are to be bored from both sides of the timber and are to be of the diameter D+ 1.6, where D is the diameter of the bolt. Nuts must be brought up tight but care is to be taken to avoid crushing of the timber under the washers.

ROOF COVERING GENERALLY

Roof covering shall be specified in the measured works section of these Bills of Quantities.

JOINERY

ALL TIMBER

All timber shall be FIRST (OR PRIME) Grade. Species of timber and tolerance shall be as defined under “Carpentry.”

GENERALLY

All joiner’s work shall be accurately set out on boards to full size for the information and guidance of the artisans before commencing the respective works, with all joints, iron work and other works connected therewith fully delineated, Such setting out must be submitted to the Architect and approved before such respective works are commenced. All joiner’s work shall be cut out and framed together soon after the commencement of the building as is practicable, but not be wedged up or glued until the building is ready for fixing of the same. Any portions that warp, wind or develop/shakes or other defects within six months after completion of the Works shall be removed and new portions fixed in their place together with all other work which may be affected thereby, all at the Builder’s own expense. All work shall be properly mortised, tenoned, housed, shouldered, dovetailed notched, pinned, braided, mitred etc., as directed to the satisfaction of the Architect and all properly glued up with the best quality glue. Joints in joinery must be as specified or detailed, and so designed and secured as to resist or compensate for any stresses to which they may be subjected. All nails, sprigs, etc., are to be punched and puttied. Loose joints are to be made where provision must be made for shrinkage and glued joints where sealed joints are required. All exposed surfaces of joinery work shall be wrought and all arises ‘ cased off’ by planning and sand papering to an approved finish suitable to the specified treatment.

INSECT DAMAGE All timber shall be free from insect damage as defined under ‘carpentry’

59

SEASONING OF TIMBER All timber shall be seasoned to a moisture content of not more than 15%.

DIMENSIONS

3 mm Reductions of specified sizes will be allowed to each wrought face except where described as finished sizes in which joinery shall hold up to the full dimensions. The Builder is to note that all joinery timber sizes are nominal unless otherwise state as finished sizes. These nominal sizes have been calculated in accordance with Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works for East Africa, 2nd edition Metric and no regard has been taken of metric sizes of timber at present being sold.

FIXING JOINERY

All beads, fillets and small members shall be fixed with round or oval brads or nails well punched in and stopped. All larger members shall be fixed with screws. Brass screws shall be used for fixing of all hardwoods, the heads, let in and palleted over with wood to match the grain.

BEDDING FRAMES, ETC.

The Builder’s rates must include for bedding frames, sills, etc., in mortar or dressing surfaces of walls etc. in lieu.

PLUGGING CONCRETE AND WALLS Round wood plugs shall not be used, all work described shall be fixed with screws to plugs formed by drilling concrete walls, etc., with a proper tool of suitable size at 750 mm spacing and filing the holes completely with ‘philplug’ rawl plastic or rawl plugs in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Alternatively and where so agreed by the Architect hardwood dovetailed fixing slips, dipped in ‘wolmanol’ or ‘Celcure B’ solution and cut and pinned or bedded in cement mortar (1:3) may be used.

BLOCKBOARD

Shall be laminated board faced both sides with 4 mm plywood. Exposed edges shall be lipped with 19 mm hardwood and rates shall include for lipping.

PROTECTION OF JOINERY All fixed joinery which in the opinion of the architect is liable to become bruised or damaged in any way, shall be completely cased and protected by the Builder until the completion of the works.

FLUSH DOORS All flush doors shall be manufactured to the thicknesses specified and consists of 100 mm wide framing all round with horizontal core battens at not more than 75 mm centres pressure impregnated as described and bored with 12 mm diameter ventilation holes at 300 mm centres. Doors shall have two lock blocks and be faced both sides with 6 mm plywood as specified and have 25 mm mahogany twice rebated lipping all round and otherwise be equal to an approved sample. External flush doors shall be as described above but faced both sides with marine quality plywood.

60

PRICES TO INCLUDE Prices of items hereafter shall include for the foregoing labours, etc., and in addition all prices for linear items are to include all internal and external angles, either mitred or tongued, all fair, fitted, stopped, notched or returned ends, all similar incidental labours and all short lengths.

BOTTOM EDGES

Bottom edges of doors shall be painted with one coat of approved prime before fixing.

IRONMONGERY

All locks and ironmongery shall be fixed with screws etc., to match. Before the wood work is painted, handles shall be removed carefully stored and re-fixed after completion of painting and locks oiled and left in perfect working order. All keys shall be labelled with the door reference numbers marked on labels before handing over to the Architect on completion.

METAL WORKS

ALL MATERIALS

Shall be of the best quality, free from defects. The materials in all stages of transportation, handling and piling shall be kept clean and injury from, breaking, bending and distortion prevented

NAILS, SCREWS AND BOLTS

Shall be of the best quality mild steel of lengths and weights approved by the Architect. Nails shall be to B.S. 1202 and bolts to B.S 916.

WORKMANSHIP All work shall be carried out in the most workmanlike manner and strictly as directed by the Architect. Welding shall be neatly cleaned off and units shall be prefabricated in the workshop whenever possible, the minimum of site welding being employed. All screwed work shall have full internal and external threads and holes shall have been cleared off. Counter-sinking must be concentric.

RAINWATER GOODS

Prices shall include for building in, casting in or cutting mortises to form fastenings, all making good, joints, short lenths and all extra joints in the case of fittings.

FIXING METAL WINDOWS AND DOORS

The Builder’s prices for fixing metal windows, doors, etc., shall include for assembling and fixing, cutting mortises for lugs in concrete or walling and running with cement mortar (1:4) bedding frames in similar mortar and pointing in mastic, bedding cills, transomes and mullions in mastic, making good plaster around frames both sides and fixing, oiling and adjusting all fittings

61

MILD STEEL Steel for burglar bars and reinforcement shall comply with B.S. 15. No work shall be fabricated until site dimensions have been checked and no additional claim will be accepted should final dimensions differ from those on the drawings. All welds shall be ground smooth and the Builder shall ensure that the metal work is prepared for painting as described in painting and decorating. The Builder is to ensure that all work is erected plumb and true and be so maintained until properly secured by permanent fixing.

PAINTING All steel is to be wire brushed and sanded, and any loose scale, dirt or grease shall be removed before any painting is commenced. One coat of red oxide primer type A to BS 2523 shall be applied at the shop. Any damage to the priming paint shall be made good to the Architect’s satisfaction.

PLUMBING

GENERALLY

Plumbing works are to be carried out by a licensed plumber approved by the Architect

RAINWATER INSTALLATION

Galvanized steel tubing shall comply with B.S 1387, medium grade, with plain galvanised malleable cast Iron fittings complying with B.S 1259. Tubing shall be fixed to true lines and, where not built, shall be secured with galvanised malleable iron brackets complying with B.S. 1494. Table 6a or 7a. Joints shall be made in fine hemp and red lead putty or ‘Boss white'.

WIRE BALLOONS

Wire balloons shall be galvanised steel and shall comply with B.S. 460 and 1205.

TESTING Gutters and external rainwater pipers shall be tested with water to satisfy the Architect that gutters are to correct falls and pipes are unobstructed. Any defects are to be made good by the Builder and the whole system left sound and perfect.

BY-LAWS

All the works shall comply with the requirements of the local bye-laws, and shall be executed to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Local Authority.

SETTING OUT

The positions of all pipes run including joints and connections shall be agreed with the Architect before work is commenced

62

CAST IRON PIPES, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES Cast iron pipes and fittings shall comply with B.S. 416 for medium grade coated piped and fittings. Sockets and spigots shall be type B on piped and type A on fittings. Access doors shall be oval type with asbestos washers and manganese bronze bolts. Pipes and fittings shall be jointed with a gasket and hemp and ‘Philplug P.C.A.’ and caulking compound. Joints between W.C. trap and cast iron branch shall be made with hemp gasket and ‘Plumbers mate’ pressed firmly into the joint and smoothed off. Except where adequately restrained and supported by being built in, all piped and fittings shall be fixed with one holderbat to each socket. Piped less that 3” diameter shall be fixed 1” clear of wall and those 3” diameter and over ½” clear of walls. Holderbats for fixing to brickwork shall comply with B.S 416, Table 21, coated, those for fixing to concrete shall be similar but ‘ Screw to wall’ pattern.

GALVANISED STEEL TUBES AND FITTINGS

Galvanised steel tubing shall comply with B.S. 1387, ‘medium’ grade with plain galvanised malleable cast iron fittings complying with B.S. 1256. Ferrous straps for baths shall comply with B.S 1291 and for sinks shall be galvanised iron screwed for connections. Tubes shall be fixed clear of walls of soffits, with galvanised malleable iron brackets complying with B,.S1494, Table 6a or 7a spaced at not more than 30 metre centres.

PIPEWORK GENERALLY Pipes shall be in the maximum lengths possible to avoid unnecessary jointing. Pipes shall be fixed to sufficient fall to prevent air locks and to enable the system to be drained through the draw-off points and drainage taps provided.

JOINTS GENERALLY

All joints shall be perfectly smooth inside

BENDS AND TEES

All bends shall be sweep bends or easy right angle bends. All tees shall be picher tees

SLEEVES

Where sleeves are required for pipes passing though concrete, brickwork, blockwork, etc., they shall be of galvanised steel tube or cast iron pipe of sufficient diameter to give a space of 3 mm all round the pipe.

WIRE BALLOONS

Wire balloons shall be of cooper and shall comply with B.S 460 and 1205.

BRASSWORK

Ball valves shall be ‘Portsmouth’ type with silence pipe complying with B.S. 1212 for high or low pressure as described. Floats not exceeding 150 mm diameter shall be plastic type

63

complying with B.S 2456. Bib taps shall comply with B.S. 1010 and shall be of brass and chromium plated. Stop valves shall comply with B.S 1010 and shall be of brass with crutch handles or loose keys where as directed.

CISTERNS

Storage cisterns shall be galvanised steel cisterns complying with B.S. 417, Grade ‘A’ . Holes for connections shall be made before galvanizing.

TESTING

At completing of the works, the Builder shall clean out storage cisterns, including removing all swarf, fill and test the whole of cold and hot water installation, rectify all defects, drain and leave in clean serviceable condition

SANITARY FITTINGS SUPPLIES

Sanitary fittings shall be supplied by an approved firm from whom the Builder shall obtain a guarantee that the fittings will be delivered to site at such dates as the Builder considers necessary for the completing of the works within the contract period.

QUALITY

Sanitary fittings generally shall be of a quality not less than that of products produced by M/S Twyfords Limited, and where catalogue references have been inserted in the descriptions they refer to this Manufacturer’s Catalogue and are inserted as a guide to the type and quality required only.

PROTECTION

all sanitary fittings are to be carefully protected against misuse by workmen employed on the buildings works and any defects, soiled or broken fittings to be replaced at the Builder’s expense at completion.

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

GENERALLY

The Builder is to employ an approved licensed electrical Builder for this section of the work. Materials are to conform to the relevant British or Kenya Standards. The work is to be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the electrical Power act and the Regulations made thereunder and to the requirements of the supply Company

CABLES

The wiring is to be carried out in Rubber PVC or polythene insulated cables, tough Rubber or PVC sheathed and of appropriate size but not less than 17/0.29 for ring circuits and not less than 3/029 for lighting circuits.

CONDUITS

64

Where buried in plaster, cables are to run either in ‘Egatube' (Agents: EDM. Schluter & Company (K) limited) or other similar approved rigid P.V.C oval section conduit with fixing clips of the material, in brazed or welded light gauge steel conduit complying with B.S. 31 bushed as necessary. The Builder shall include conduit boxes and other conduit fittings as necessary, and provide draw wires where required. Where a conduit is fixed externally it is to be on approved brackets and fixed not less than 10 mm clear of the finished wall surface.

WIRING METHODS AND FIXING

The cables are to be clipped to the roof members or to the ceiling joists above the ceilings or between the ceiling and the roof, securely fixed by means of non-corrodible saddles or buckle clips with non-corrodible fixings. Where there are ceilings and plastered walls, no cables are to be left exposed. They are to be run in conduit drops concealed in the walls, the conduit fixed before the plastering is carried out by means of fixing clips as previously specified, in the case of P.V.C. conduit, or crumpets or saddles in the case of steel conduit. Chasing it to kept to the minimum Where walls are not plastered the cable is to be clipped to the surface of the walls as previously described. In all cases the cables from the external metre box to or from the inside of the building are to pass straight through the walls from the backs of the box and are not to be visible externally.

ACCESSORIES GENERALLY

When the installation is specified to consist of wiring only, lighting fittings, switches, socket outlets switch gear or other accessories are to be provided and every wiring point for such accessories is to have a blanking plate or fixing blocks securely fixed in position with the ends of the cable coiled behind it. Where surface wiring is installed the accessories are to be as specified hereafter but mounted on moulded plastic box. Accessories are to be fixed either with screws of the same finish and colour as the accessory or with round headed rust-less screws.

SOCKET OUTLETS

Socket outlets are to be brown plastic 13-amps shuttered rectangular pin with plaster depth box (similar to Crabtree List No. 7255). To be single or twin as shown. Switch socket outlets are to be all as described for socket outlets but with S.P. switch incorporated into the unit.

COOKER CONTROL UNITS Cooker control units are to be 30 amps all insulated surface pattern with 13 amps rectangular pin shuttered socket (similar to Mk List No. 5040)

SPUT UNITS

Sput units are to be insulated flush brown double pole switched 13-amp with fuse links without pilot lamp with front cord outlet and with plaster depth boxes (similar to Crabtree List. No. 1816).

65

TESTING On completion, all installations must pass the tests required by the relevant statutes. The Builder will be required to produce completion certificate issued by the relevant authorities.

PLASTER WORK AND OTHER FINISHES CEMENT

The cement shall be as previously described in ‘Concrete Work’.

SAND

The sand shall be as described for fine aggregate but that for plastering shall be light in colour and well graded to a suitable fineness in accordance with the nature of the work in order to obtain the finish directed.

LIME

The lime for plastering shall comply with B.S. 890 Class ’A’ for non-hydraulic lime and shall be as rich as obtainable and to approval. It must be freshly burnt and shall be slaked at least one month before being used by drenching with water, well broken up and mixed and the wet mixture shall be passed through a sieve of sixty four meshes to the square inch. Lime putty shall consist of freshly slaked line as above described, saturated with water until semi-fluid and passed through a fine sieve: it shall then be allowed to stand until superfluous water has evaporated and it has become of the consistency of thick paste, in no case for a shorter period than one month before use, during which it must be kept damp and clean and no portion of it allowed to become dry. Alternatively, hydrated lime with 70% average calcium oxide content may be used and it must be protected from dampness until required for use. It shall be soaked to a putty at least 24 house before use.

COMPOSITION OF PLASTERS, ETC. A mix referred to as 1:4 shall mean 41 kg of cement and 0.45 cm. of sand. All other mixes shall be construed in a like manner.

HACKING ETC.

The prices for all paving and plastering, etc. shall include for hacking concrete surfaces and for raking out joints of walls 13 mm deep and for cross scoring undercoats to form a proper key. Plastering on walls generally shall be taken to include flush faces of lintels, beams, etc. in same.

All surfaces to be paved or plastered must be brushed clean and well wetted before each coat is

applied. All cement pavings and plaster shall be kept continually damp in the intervals between application of coat and for seven days after the application of the final coat.

DUBBING OUT

Where required shall be composed of one part of cement to six parts of sand. Partially or wholly set materials will not be allowed to be used or re-mixed. The plaster, etc., mixes must be used within two hours of being combined with water.

66

FINISH GENERALLY All screeds and paving shall be finished plump, square, smooth, hard and even and junctions between surfaces shall be perfectly true, straight and square. All work shall be approved and any not complying with the above shall be hacked away and replaced at the Builder’s expense.

ARISES AND ANGLES

All arises and angles shall be clean and sharp or slightly rounded or thumb coved as directed including neatly forming mitres.

MAKING GOOD

All making good shall be cut out to a rectangular shape, the edges undercut to form dovetail key and finished flush with the face of the surrounding paving or plaster. cut out and make good all cracks, blister and other defects and leave the whole of the work perfect on completion.

PRICES TO INCLUDE

In addition to the foregoing, prices of superficial items are to include for work in narrow widths, all linear labours, angles and arises, all fair edges, for making good up to or stopping to a line at the required level at top of skirting or dado rails where directed and for making good up to windows doors frames and similar. The prices for all linear items unless otherwise measured are to include for all short lengths, angles and arises, mitres and ends of every description.

FLOOR SCREEDS

Shall be composed of cement and sand and shall not be laid in an area exceeding one hundred and twenty square feet during any period of 24 hours. As bays are formed, batten strips must be used to retain the exposed edge of the screed. Lime plastering shall consist of first coat in cement lime and sand (1:2:9) and finish coat of lime putty skin with 10% cement added. The two coats shall have a total finished coat of not less than 12 mm thick. The first coat shall be trowelled to a perfectly true and even surface and finished with a wood float, the surface being sprinkled with water from a brush during the process and before it has set, thoroughly scratched to form key. The finishing coat shall not be less than 1 mm thick thoroughly worked with trowel and sprinkled with water as before and be brought to a uniform smooth hard surface. Lightweight roof screeds shall consist of cement, sand and pumice (1:3:7) and finished with a 13 mm layer of cement and sand (1:4). Screeds shall not be laid in areas exceeding one hundred and twenty square feet during any period of 24 hours. As bays are formed batten strips must be used to retain the exposed edge of the screed. Screeds shall be finished to falls and crossfalls to receive other finishes as specified.

67

WHITE GLAZED WALL TILES Shall be imported quality and of approved size and thickness, with associated fittings all to B.S. 1281. Tiles shall be well soaked in water, laid with straight horizontal and vertical joints and bedded in cement screed (1;4) and pointed in white cement and cleaned down on completion all to Architect’s approval. Rates for linear items shall include for all special fittings and cutting at angles and intersections.

GLAZING

GLASS

All glass shall be of British manufacture complying with B.S. 952, free from flaws, bubbles, specks and other imperfections. All glass shall be delivered in proper containers with maker’s name, guarantee, type of glass and thickness or weight of glass attached to the outside of the containers. Glass panes shall be cut to sizes to fit the openings with not more than 1.5 mm play all round and where puttied shall be sprigged to wood or clipped to metal frames. Clear sheet glass shall be ordinary glazing (O.Q.) quality. Polishes plate glass shall be G.G. quality. Obscured glass shall be rough cast plain rolled glass 6 mm thick. Wired glass shall be polished Georgian wired glass 6 mm thick.

BEADS AND WASHLEATHER

The glass to doors and screens and other places where vibration may occur shall be bedded in wash leather with beads and fixed with brass cups and screws. The timber rebates shall be cleaned, primed and painted with one coat of oil paint.

PUTTY

For glazing in wood frames shall be composed to pure linseed oil and powdered whitting free from grit in accordance with B.S, 544 type 1 putty. Putty for glazing in metal frames shall be quick hard setting tropical putty specifically manufactured for use with steel windows. Rebates of metal frames receiving glass shall be prepared and treated with primer for putty prior to glazing and putty shall be primed ten days after glazing.

BEDDING STRIPS

Shall be of plastic or wash leather approved by the Architect and shall be cut to fit exactly the line of frame and beads

ON COMPLETION

Remove all broken scratched or cracked panes and replace with new to the satisfaction of the Architect; clean inside and out with an approved cleaner. On no account shall windows be cleaned by scraping with glass.

68

PAINTING AND DECORATING GENERALLY

The Builder shall arrange his programme for work such that all other trades within the area where painting is being done are completed before painting begins. Before painting the Builder must prepare the surfaces to the satisfaction of the Architect and in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s instructions. All plaster , metal , wood or other surface which are to receive paint, stain, polish, distemper or paintwork of any description are to be carefully inspected by the painting Sub-Builder and the main Builder before paintwork commences. The Sub-Builder should ensure that all such surfaces are finished (by the main Builder) satisfactorily before commencing any paintwork as he (the Sub-Builder) will be held responsible for any defective paintwork arising from the background being of unsatisfactory finish prior to the paint being applied on it.

PAINTING GENERALLY

All materials are to be of the best quality and shall be of an approved proprietary brand selected from the latest Schedule of approved paints issued by the Ministry of Works. All materials to be applied externally shall be of exterior quality and/or recommended by the Manufacturers for external use. All materials shall be delivered on site intact in the original sealed drums or tins and shall be mixed and applied strictly in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and to the approval of the Architect. Unless specifically instructed or approved by the Architect no paints distemper, etc., are to be thinned or otherwise adulterated, but are to be used as supplied by the Manufacturers and direct from the tins, If required by the Architect the Builder is to provide at his own expense samples of paints, etc., with containers and cases to be forwarded carriage paid by the Builder for analysis to a laboratory. The priming, undercoats and finishing coats shall each be of differing tints and the priming and undercoats shall be the correct brands and tints to suit the respective coats, in accordance with the Manufacture's instructions. All finishing coats shall be of colours and tints selected by the architect. Each coat must be approved by the Architect before the next coat is applied. Each coat shall be properly dry and is the case of oil or enamel paints shall be well rubbed down with fine glass paper before the next coat is applied. The paintwork shall be finished smooth and free from brush marks. Colour cards of all paints, etc., shall be submitted to and samples prepared for approval of the Architect before laying on and such samples, when approved, shall become the standard for work. Oil paints, emulsion paints, and distempers shall be applied by means of a brush or spray gun or rollers of an approved type, where so agreed by the Architect. No painting is to be done in wet weather or on surfaces which are not thoroughly dry. Prices of paint, distemper , etc. shall include for preparation of surfaces, rubbing down between each coat, stopping, knotting, etc., and all other work in connection and as described and as necessary to obtain a first class and proper finish to approval.

69

Emulsion paint on ceiling and all undercoats of emulsion paint and completed oil painting on walls shall be completed before floorings are laid. Final coats of emulsion paints on walls shall be applied after such flooring has been laid complete.

SAMPLES The Builder shall furnish at the earliest possible opportunity before work commences and at his own cost, samples of painting for the Architect’s approval and any further samples in the case of rejection until such samples are approved by the Architect and such samples when approved shall be the minimum standard for the work to which they apply. The Architect may reject any materials or workmanship not in his opinion up to the approved samples and these must be removed from the site without delay.

PREPARATION AND PRIMING OF PLASTER, ETC., SURFACES

Plaster surfaces shall be perfectly smooth, free from defects and ready for decoration. All such surfaces shall be allowed to dry for a minimum period of six weeks, stopped with approved plaster stopping compound and rubbed down flush, as necessary, and then be thoroughly brushed down and left free from all efflorescence, dirt and dust immediately prior to decorating. Plaster surfaces which are to be finished with emulsion, oil or enamel paint, shall be primed with Leyland primoplas P.20 or other equal and approved and applied in accordance with the Manufacturer’s instructions.

PREPARATION AND PRIMING OF FIBREBOARD

Fibreboard or similar surfaces shall be lightly brushed down to remove all dirt, dust and loose particles and have all nail holes or other defects stopped with an approved plaster stopping compound rubbed down flush and left with a texture to match surrounding materials and shall receive one coat primer at last.

PREPARATION AND PRIMING OF METAL WORK

All surfaces shall be thoroughly brushed down with wire brushes, sanded and scraped where necessary to remove all scale rust, etc., immediately prior to decoration and given one coat of red oxide primer, where severe rust exists and if approved by the Architect a proprietary de-rusting solution may be used in accordance with the Manufacturer’s instructions. Galvanised surfaces shall be treated before painting with a solution of calcium plumbate, applied in strict accordance with the Manufacturer’s printed instructions (agent,: M/S Dodwell & Co., Nairobi) or with an approved calcium plumbate primer.

PREPARATION AND PRIMING WOODWORK

All woodwork shall be rubbed down, all knots covered with a thick coat of good shellac or aluminium knotting: primed with one coat of approved ready mixed proprietary wood primer and all cracks, nails holes, defects and uneven surfaces, etc., stopped and faced up with hard stopping rubbed down flush. Plywood shall be brushed filled over the entire surface Woodwork to receive finishes other than paint shall have all stains removed and shall be well rubbed down and have all defects leveled with hard stopping of a colour to match the adjoining surface.

70

WOOD PRESERVATIVE All woodwork in contact with walling or plaster shall be treated after cutting and preparation but before assembly or fixing with one coat of approved wood preservative.

WAX POLISH

Wax polish shall be furniture polish of an approved brand, and wood surfaces shall be clean, smooth, free from oil or grease or any other blemishes. A minimum of two coats shall be applied to approval.

EMULSION PAINT

Emulsion paint shall be of approved brand. After preparation as specified above a minimum of three coats shall be applied using a thinning medium of water only if and as recommended by the Manufacturer. An approved plaster primer tinted to match may be used for the first coat.

ENAMEL PAINT ON METAL WORK AND WOODWORK Enamel paint shall be of approved brand. Apply one undercoat and two finishing coats, after preparation and priming as specified above.

IRONMONGERY

Where instructed, all ironmongery on existing components to be painted shall be removed from joinery, steel windows and louvres before painting is commenced, and shall be cleaned and oiled and adjusted if necessary and re-fixed after completion of painting.

PAINTING ITEMS

Painting items as billed hereafter shall include for preparing and priming surfaces as described above.

COVER UP

Cover up all floors, fittings, etc., with dust sheets when executing all painting and decorating works.

CLEANING AND TOUCH UP

Paint splashes, spots and stains shall be removed from floors, woodwork, etc., any damaged surfaces touched up and the whole of the work left clean and excellent upon completion.

71

BILL OF QUANTITIES

Notes for preparing Bills of Quantities

1.0 The objectives of the Bills of Quantities are;

(a) to provide sufficient information on the quantities of Works to be performed to enable tenders to

be prepared efficiently and accurately; and

(b) when a Contract has been entered into, to provide a priced Bill of Quantities for use in the

periodic valuation of Works executed.

In order to attain these objectives, Works should be itemized in the Bill of Quantities in sufficient

detail to distinguish between the different classes of Works, or between Works of the same nature

carried out in different locations or in other circumstances which may give rise to different

considerations of cost. Consistent with these requirements, the layout and content of the Bill of

Quantities should be as simple and brief as possible.

2.0 The Bills of Quantities should be divided generally into the following sections:

(a) Preliminaries.

The preliminaries should indicate the inclusiveness of the unit prices, and should state the

methods of measurement which have been adopted in the preparation of the Bill of Quantities

and which are to be used for the measurement of any part of the Works.

The number of preliminary items to be priced by the tenderer should be limited to tangible items

such as site office and other temporary works, otherwise items such as security for the Works

which are primarily part of the Contractor’s obligations should be included in the Contractor’s

rates.

(b) Work Items

(i) The items in the Bills of Quantities should be grouped into sections to distinguish between

those parts of the Works which by nature, location, access, timing, or any other special

characteristics may give rise to different methods of construction, or phasing of the Works, or

considerations of cost. General items common to all parts of the Works may be grouped as a

separate section in the Bill of Quantities.

72

(ii) Quantities should be computed net from the Drawings, unless directed otherwise in the

Contract, and no allowance should be made for bulking, shrinkage or waste. Quantities should be

rounded up or down where appropriate.

(iii) The following units of measurement and abbreviations are recommended

for use.

(iv)

Unit Abbreviation Unit Abbreviation

cubic meter

hectare

hour

kilogram

lump sum

meter

metric ton (1,000 kg)

M3 or cu m

ha

h

kg

sum

m

t

millimeter

month

number

square meter

square millimeter

week

mm

mon

nr

m2 or sq m

mm2 or sq mm

wk

(iv) The commencing surface should be identified in the description of each item for Work

involving excavation, boring or drilling, for which the commencing surface is not also the

original surface. The excavated surface should be identified in the description of each item for

Work involving excavation for which the excavated surface is not also the final surface. The

depths of Work should be measured from the commencing surface to the excavated surface, as

defined.

(c) Day work Schedule

A Day work Schedule should be included if the probability of unforeseen work, outside the items

included in the Bill of Quantities, is relatively high. To facilitate checking by the Employer of the

realism of rates quoted by the tenderers, the Day work Schedule should normally comprise:

(i) a list of the various classes of labour, and materials for which basic Day work rates or

prices are to be inserted by the tenderer, together with a statement of the conditions under

which the Contractor will be paid for Work executed on a Day work basis; and

(ii) a percentage to be entered by the tenderer against each basic Day work Subtotal

amount for labour, materials and plant representing the Contractor’s profit, overheads,

supervision and other charges.

73

(d) Provisional Quantities and Sums

(i) Provision for quantity contingencies in any particular item or class of Work with a high

expectation of quantity overrun should be made by entering specific “Provisional Quantities” or

“Provisional Items” in the Bill of Quantities, and not by increasing the quantities for that item or

class of Work beyond those of the Work normally expected to be required. To the extent not

covered above, a general provision for physical contingencies (quantity overruns) should be

made by including a “Provisional Sum” in the Summary of the Bill of Quantities. Similarly, a

contingency allowance for possible price increases should be provided as a “Provisional Sum” in

the Summary of the Bill of Quantities. The inclusion of such provisional sums often facilitates

budgetary approval by avoiding the need to request periodic supplementary approvals as the

future need arises.

(ii) Provisional sums to cover specialized works normally carried out by Nominated Sub

Contractors should be avoided and instead Bills of Quantities of the specialized Works should be

included as a section of the main Bills of Quantities to be priced by the Main Contractor. The

Main Contractor should be required to indicate the name (s) of the specialized firms he proposes

to engage to carry out the specialized Works as his approved domestic sub-contractors. Only

provisional sums to cover specialized Works by statutory authorities should be included in the

Bills of Quantities.

(e) Summary

The Summary should contain a tabulation of the separate parts of the Bills of Quantities carried

forward, with provisional sums for Day work, for physical (quantity) contingencies, and for price

contingencies (upward price adjustment) where applicable.

SECTION IX - SUMMARY OF EVALUATION PROCESS

Evaluation of duly submitted tenders will be conducted along the following three main stages: -

6.1 Part I - Preliminary Evaluation Criteria Under Clause 3.35 of the ITT. These are

mandatory requirements. This shall include confirmation of the following: -

6.1.1 Submission of Tender Security - Checking its validity, whether it is Original; whether it is issued

by a local bank; whether it is strictly in the format required in accordance with the sample

Tender Security Form(s).

6.1.2 Submission of Declaration Form(s) duly completed and signed.

6.1.3 Submission and considering Tender Form duly completed and signed.

74

6.1.4 Submission and considering the following:-

6.1.4.1 For Local Tenderers

a) Company or Firm’s Registration Certificate

b) PIN Certificate.

c) Valid Tax Compliance Certificate.

6.1.4.2 For Foreign Tenderers

a) Company or Firm’s Registration Certificate

b) PIN Certificate or its equivalent in the country of bidder or a statement from the

tax authorities in the Tenderer’s country of origin indicating that such certificate

or its equivalent is not issued.

c) Valid Tax Compliance Certificate or its equivalent in the

country of bidder or a statement from the tax authorities in the Tenderer’s country

of origin indicating that such certificate or its equivalent is not issued.

6.1.5 That the Tender is valid for the period required.

6.1.6 Site visit form signed and stamped by authorized staff.

6.1.7 Valid certificate of registration with NCA (Category 4 and above)

6.1.8 Submission and considering that the required number of sets;

Three (3) sets i.e (Original, Copy 1 and Copy 2) of Tender.

6.1.9 Submission and considering the Confidential Business Questionnaire:-

a) Is fully filled.

b) That details correspond to the related information in the bid.

c) That the Tenderer is not ineligible as per paragraph 3.2 of the ITT.

6.1.10 Record of unsatisfactory or default in performance obligations in any contract shall be

considered. This shall include any Tenderer with unresolved case(s) in its performance

obligations for more than two (2) months in any contract.

6.1.11 Notwithstanding the above, considering any outstanding orders where applicable and the

production capacity indicated by the tenderer.

6.1.12 Power of Attorney authorizing the signatory of the Tender to commit the Tenderer in accordance

with the Tender requirements.

6.1.13 Include payment slip or receipt in the envelope with the tender as evidence of payment for the

document.

Tenderers will proceed to the Technical Stage only if they qualify in compliance with Part 1 above,

Preliminary Evaluation under clause 3.37.

75

6.2 Part II - Technical Evaluation Criteria under Paragraph 3.37 of the ITT. This will be in the

following stages: -

6.2.1 Table 1: Mandatory Technical Requirements (against Tender Requirements and Technical

Specifications). Verification and consideration of the following:-

Criteria KMTC Requirement

1

Proposed

construction period

Proposed construction period for the project accompanied by a

proposed Works Program Chart

2 Building and Civil

Engineering

Registration with NCA (Category 4 Minimum)

3 Electrical and

Mechanical

Installations

i) Certificate of Registration under Company’s Act

ii) Category NCA 4 registration as an electrical contractor

4 Site visit Site visit is not a MUST and contractors who visit site must do so

under strict observance of protocols against COVID 19 pandemic

5. Authorization Manufactures Authorization if necessary

6.2.1 Additional tender requirements based on a scoring criterion

NO. EVALUATION ATTRIBUTE

WEIGHTING %

6.2.1 Neatness of document as per Tender Format i.e.

a) Proper Binding and paginating of all documents without

any breaks

b) Clarity of information

c) Proper labeling of contents

d) Proper referencing of contents

e) Relevance of all attached documents in conformity with

the requested information in Tender document

10 Marks broken down into

2 marks for each

parameter.

6.2.2 Experience as main contractor in the construction of at

least 5 years.

a. Above 5 years– 6marks

b. Five years – 3marks

c. Less than five years but not below I year - 1

mark

10

6.2.2 A statement of work methods ((Methodology). Include Gantt

Chart and brief description.

10

6.2.3 Qualified Technical staff in the company relevant to the

building construction industry who will actively be involved

76

in the proposed project. Provide employment/appointment

letters, contracts of the key personnel including length of

service and termination date, CV, Academic and

professional certificates and evidence of registration with

relevant professional bodies and Telephone contacts.

i) Building or civil or Engineer or Quantity surveyor --- 6

marks

ii) Diploma in Building or civil or Quantity surveyor……4

marks

Note: Bidders can only qualify in i or ii to get maximum

10marks.

20

6.2.4

Qualified project management staffs in the company

relevant to project management who are actively involved

in the management of the company. (Provide

employment/appointment letters, contracts of the key

personnel including length of service, detailed CV

accompanied by relevant academic and professional

certificates and Telephone contacts.

Manager with a degree and above - 6 marks

Manager with a diploma - 4 marks

10

6.2.5 Numbers of years of gainful employment of key staff

1. Project Manager

i. 5 years and above 5 years – 3marks

ii. Less than 5 years – 1mark

2. Project Engineer –

i. 5 years and above 5 years –2 marks

ii. Less than 5 years – 1mark

iii. General Foreman –

i. 5 years and above 5 years –2marks

ii. Less than 5 years – 1mark

Employment records including length of service

10

6.2.6 The Tenderer’s undertaking that the key site management

and technical personnel will be available for the contract.

10

6.2.7 Accomplishments: (previous & current projects) Details of

building projects undertaken successfully within the last 5

years each worth Ksh. 70 Million and above evidenced by

letters of reference from clients, certificates of occupation

and completion certificates for the respective projects. (for

a project to qualify it must be at least 70% complete. For

Projects that are not completed, letters of reference from

respective Architects and Clients must be provided.

Above 2 projects ------------- 6 marks

Two projects ------------------ 3Marks

1 project ----------------------- 1 mark

10

6.2.8 Tools and equipment. Provide list and type of relevant 10

77

building construction tools and equipment e.g. trucks,

cranes, excavators, bull dozers, mixers, etc owned by the

company evidenced by ownership documents. Provide

documentary evidence of ability to lease or hire relevant

tools and equipment not owned by the company. Give a

description of their application and performance to

demonstrate technical capacity and an undertaking that the

tools and equipment will be available for the execution of

the contract.

TOTAL 100

Tenderers will proceed to Financial Evaluation stage only if they score a minimum of 75% of the

Technical Evaluation under clause 3.37.

6.3 Part III – Financial Evaluation under clause 3.38 of the ITT.

Evaluation of the following financial information against Tender Requirements and

Specifications. These are mandatory requirements.

6.3.1 This will include the following: -

a). Confirmation of the authenticity and sufficiency of the submitted Tender Security.

b) Confirmation of and considering priced Bill of Quantities duly completed and signed.

c) Checking that the Tenderer has quoted prices based on all costs including duties and taxes and

ensuring that the total sum is corrected for errors.

d) Conducting a financial comparison of unit rates of key materials and components to ensure

consistency with market rates

e) Determining the financial score using the formula.

SF=(FM/F) X 100

SF= Financial score

FM= lowest Financial Proposal

F = Financial Proposal under consideration

6.3.2 Ascertaining the financial capability through Last Financial Year’s audited financial statements

(Audited Accounts -The Auditors must be currently registered by ICPAK and the statements must be

stamped and signed) issued within the last 15 months which Statements should conform to International

Accounting Standards One (IAS 1) which includes the following:-

78

a) Checking and considering that the Tenderer’s liquidity ratios are acceptable to KP and meet the

threshold of:-

(i.) Current ratios 1:1 i.e. current assets: current liabilities

(ii.) Quick ratios (Acid test) of 1.0 i.e. (Cash + Accounts Receivable + Short Term Investments)

divided by Current Liabilities

6.3.3 Provide documentary evidence in form of certified audited accounts for the company for the last

three years to indicate the company has had an annual turnover of over Kenya shillings four hundred

million (Kshs. 400 million)

6.3.4 Evidence of access to credit facilities, net of other contractual commitments and exclusive of any

advance payments which may be made under the contract, of no less than 2 months of Kshs. 60 Million

(Kenya Shillings Sixty Million) per month

a) Declared maximum value of business

Provide a complete set of tender documents, builder’s works (main contractor documents) and services

(sub-contractor documents).

6.3.5 Confirming that the Supplier’s offered Terms of Payment meets KMTC’s requirements.

6.3.6 The Successful Tenderer shall be the one with the highest weighted score

The total score shall be determined by combining the sums of technical score, tender sums comparisons

and financial score using the formula

S=ST x T%+SF x P%

Where St= Technical score, T is the Technical Weighting, SF is financial score, P is the financial

weighting and S is combined Financial and Technical score.

The Weights given to the technical evaluation (T) is (80%) and Financial Evaluation (P) is (20%)

*NOTES: -

1. For purposes of evaluation, the exchange rate to be used for currency conversion shall be the

selling exchange rate ruling on the date of tender closing provided by the Central Bank of Kenya.

(Visit the Central Bank of Kenya website).

2. Total tender value means the Tenderer’s total tender price inclusive of Value Added Tax (V.A.T)

for the services it offers to provide.

3. For companies or firms that are registered or incorporated within the last one calendar year of the

Date of the Tender Document, they should submit certified copies of bank statements covering a

period of at least six months prior to the date of the tender document. The copies should be

certified by the Bank issuing the statements. The certification should be original.

3. The spot balance of 20% required will be that which is seen in the certified bank statements at

least in any day of the month of the Date of the Tender Document.

79

SECTION X -STANDARD FORMS

(i) Form of Tender

(ii) Confidential Business Questionnaire

(iii) Tender Security Form (Bank Guarantee)

(iv) Tender Security Form (Letter of Credit)

(v) Declaration Form

(vi) Letter of notification of award

(vii) Letter of notification of regret

(viii) Contract Agreement Form

(ix) Performance Security Form (Bank Guarantee)

(x) Performance Security Form (LC)

(xi) Letter of Acceptance

(xii) Qualification Information

(xiii) Details of Proposed Sub-Contractors

(xiv) Site Visit Form

80

i) FORM OF TENDER

Date:……………………

Tender No……………...

To:

Kenya Medical Training College,

P.O Box 30195 – 00100,

Nairobi, Kenya.

Ladies and Gentlemen,

1. In accordance with the Conditions of Contract, Specifications, Drawings and Bills of Quantities for

the execution of………………………….. (Insert Description of the Works), we, the undersigned

offer to construct, install and complete such Works and remedy any defects therein.

2. We undertake, if our tender is accepted, to commence the Works as soon as is reasonably possible

after the receipt of the Project Manager’s notice to commence, and to complete the whole of the

Works comprised in the Contract within the time stated in the Special Conditions of Contract.

3. We agree to abide by this Tender for a period of………days (Tenderer please indicate validity of

your Tender) from the date fixed for tender opening as per the Tender Document, and it shall

remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period

4. This Tender, together with your written acceptance thereof and your notification of award, shall not

constitute a contract, between us. The contract shall be formed between us when both parties duly

sign the written contract

5. If our Tender is accepted, we will obtain the guarantee of a bank in a sum equivalent to ten percent

(10%) of the contract price for the due performance of the contract, in the form(s) prescribed by The

Kenya Medical Training College

6. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may receive.

Yours sincerely,

_____________________

Name of Tenderer

___________________________________

Signature of duly authorised person signing the Tender

81

__________________________________

Name and Capacity of duly authorised person signing the Tender

__________________________________

Stamp or Seal of Tenderer

Witness; Name______________________________________

Address_____________________________________

Signature___________________________________

*NOTES:

1. KMTC requires a validity period of one hundred and twenty (120) days.

2. This form must be duly signed, stamped and/or sealed.

82

ii) CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS QUESTIONNAIRE FORM

All Tenderers are requested to give the particulars indicated in Part 1 and either Part 2 (a), 2 (b) or 2

(c)???, whichever applies to your type of business. You are advised that it is a serious offence to give

false information on this form.

Part 1 – General

Business Name…………………………………………………………………

Location of business premises…………………………………………………

Plot No. ……………………Street/ Road ………………………………..

Postal Address ………………………….. Postal Code …………………….

Tel No………………………………..

Facsimile..………………………………..

Mobile and/ or CDMA No……………………….

E-mail:…………………………………………………

Nature of your business ………………………………………………………………..

Certificate of Incorporation.……………………………………………………

Maximum value of business which you can handle at any time KSh………….

Name of your Bankers …………………………..Branch… ………………

*Names of Tenderer’s contact person(s) ………………………….

Designation/ capacity of the Tenderer’s contact person(s) ………………………………

Address, Tel, Fax and E-mail of the Tenderer’s contact person(s) ……………….

……………………………………………………………………………………...

……………………………………………………………………………………

83

Part 2 (a) Sole Proprietor????

Your name in full ………………………………………………………………….

Nationality ………………………Country of origin …………………………..

*Citizenship details………………………………………………………………….

Part 2 (b) Partnership???

Give details of partners as follows: -

Names Nationality *Citizenship Details Shares

1.…………………………………………………………………………

2.…………………………………………………………………………

3….………………………………………………………………………

4.………………………………………………………………………….

5………………………………………………………………………….

Part 2 (c) Registered Company

Private or Public …………………………………………………………………….

State the nominal and issued capital of company-

Nominal KSh.……………………………………

Issued KSh……………………………………

Give details of all directors as follows

Name Nationality *Citizenship Details Shares

1……………………………………………………………………………………….

2……………………………………………………………………………………….

3………………………………………………………………………………………..

4………………………………………………………………………………………..

5………………………………………………………………………………………..

Name of duly authorized person to sign for and on behalf of the Tenderer

………………………………………………..………………………..

Capacity of the duly authorized person……………………………………

Signature of the duly authorized person……………………………..

84

*NOTES TO THE TENDERERS ON THE QUESTIONNAIRE

1. The address and contact person of the Tenderer provided above shall at all times be used for

purposes of this tender.

2. If a Kenyan citizen, please indicate under “Citizenship Details” whether by birth, naturalization

or registration.

3. The details on this Form are essential and compulsory for all Tenderers. Failure to provide all

the information requested shall lead to the Tenderer’s disqualification.

4. For foreign Tenderers please give the details of nominal and issued share capital in the currency

of the country of origin of the Tenderer.

85

iii) TENDER SECURITY FORM – (BANK GUARANTEE)

(To Be Submitted On Bank’s Letterhead) Date:

To:

Kenya Medical Training College,

P.O Box 30195 - 00100,

Nairobi, Kenya.

WHEREAS ……………………………………… (name ofthe Tenderer) (hereinafter called “the

Tenderer”) has submitted its Tender dated ……… for the supply, installation and commissioning

of………………………… (please insert KMTC tender no. and name) (hereinafter called “the

Tender”);

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that WE………………………………….of

…………………………….having our registered office at…………………….(hereinafter called “the

Bank”), are bound unto Kenya Medical Training College (hereinafter called “KMTC” which expression

shall where the context so admits include its successors-in-title and assigns) in the sum of

…………………………………. for which payment well and truly to be made to the said KMTC, the

Bank binds itself, its successors, and assignees by these presents.

We undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring the Tenderer to be in breach of the

tender requirements and without cavil or argument, the entire sum of this guarantee being

…………………….. (amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without you needing to prove or to show

grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein.

This tender guarantee will remain in force up to and including thirty (30) days after the period of tender

validity, and any demand in respect thereof should reach the Bank not later than the date below.

This guarantee is valid until the …..…day of………………………20……

EITHER

SEALED with the )

COMMON SEAL )

of the said BANK ) _______________________________

this ……………………day ) BANK SEAL

of ………………………20…. )

)

in the presence of :- )

)

86

____________________ )

)

and in the presence of:- )

)

__________________ )

OR

SIGNED by the DULY AUTHORISED

REPRESENTATIVE(S)/ ATTORNEY(S) of

The BANK

_____________________

Name(s) and Capacity (ies) of duly authorised representative(s)/ attorney(s) of the Bank

___________________________________

Signature(s) of the duly authorised person(s)

NOTES TO TENDERERS AND BANKS

1. Please note that no material additions, deletions or alterations regarding the contents of this

Form shall be made to the Tender Security to be furnished by the Tenderer. If any are made, the

Tender Security shall not be accepted and shall be rejected by KMTC. For the avoidance of

doubt, such rejection will be treated as non-submission of the Tender Security where such

Security is required in the tender.

2. It is the responsibility of the Tenderer to sensitize its issuing bank on the need to respond directly

and expeditiously to queries from KMTC. The period for response shall not exceed five (5) days

from the date of KMTC’s query. Should there be no conclusive response by the Bank within this

period, such Tenderer’s Tender Security shall be deemed as invalid and the bid rejected.

3. The issuing bank should address its response or communication regarding the bond to KMTC

at the following e-mail address –

4. The Tender validity period is ninety (90) days as set out in the Invitation to Tender (at Section I

of the Tender document) or as otherwise may be extended by KMTC. Therefore the Tender

Security must at all times be valid for at least 30 days beyond the tender validity period.

87

v) DECLARATION FORM

Date

To:

Kenya Medical Training College,

P.O Box 30195 - 00100,

Nairobi,

KENYA.

Ladies and Gentlemen,

The Tenderer i.e. (full name and complete physical and postal address)

declare the following: -

a) That I/ We have not been debarred from participating in public procurement by anybody,

institution or person.

b) That I/ We have not been involved in and will not be involved in corrupt and fraudulent practices

regarding public procurement anywhere.

c) That I/We or any director of the firm or company is not a person within the meaning of paragraph

3.2 of ITT (Eligible Tenderers) of the Instruction to Bidders.

d) That I/ We are not insolvent, in receivership, bankrupt or in the process of being wound up and is

not the subject of legal proceedings relating to the foregoing.

e) That I/ We are not associated with any other Tenderer participating in this tender.

f) That I/ We do hereby confirm that all the information given in this Tender is accurate, factual and

true to the best of our knowledge.

Yours sincerely,

_____________________

Name of Tenderer

___________________________________

Signature of duly authorised person signing the Tender

__________________________________

Name and Capacity of duly authorised person signing the Tender

__________________________________

Stamp or Seal of Tenderer

88

vi) LETTER OF NOTIFICATION OF AWARD

To:

(Name and full address of the Successful Tenderer)…………

Dear Sirs/ Madams,

RE: NOTIFICATION OF AWARD OF TENDER NO. ……………

We refer to your Tender dated………………… and are pleased to inform you that following evaluation,

your Tender has been accepted as follows: -

………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………

This notification does not constitute a contract. The formal Contract Agreement, which is enclosed

herewith shall be entered into upon expiry of fourteen (14) days from the date hereof but not later than

thirty (30) days after expiry of tender validity pursuant to the provisions of the Public Procurement and

Disposal Act, 2005 (or as may be amended from time to time, or replaced).

Kindly sign, and seal the Contract Agreement. Further, initial and stamp on all pages of the documents

forming the Contract that are forwarded to you with this letter. Thereafter return the signed and sealed

Contract together with the documents to us within fourteen (14) days of the date hereof for our further

action.

We take this opportunity to remind you to again note and strictly comply with the provisions as regards

the Tender Security, Signing of Contract and Performance Security as stated in the Instructions to

Tenderers.

We look forward to a cordial and mutually beneficial business relationship.

Yours faithfully,

FOR: KENYA MEDICAL TRAINING COLLEGE

CHIEF MANAGER, SUPPLIES, STORES AND TRANSPORT

Enclosures

89

vii) LETTER OF NOTIFICATION OF REGRET

To: (Name and full address of the Unsuccessful Tenderer)………… Date:

Dear Sirs/ Madams,

RE: NOTIFICATION OF REGRET IN RESPECT OF TENDER NO. ……………

We refer to your Tender dated………………… and regret to inform you that following evaluation, your

Tender is unsuccessful. It is therefore not accepted. The brief reasons are as follows:-

1. ………………………

2. ………………………

3. ……………………… etc…

The successful bidder was _______________________.

However, this notification does not reduce the validity period of your Tender Security. In this regard, we

request you to relook at the provisions regarding the Tender Security, Signing of Contract and

Performance Security as stated in the Instructions to Tenderers.

You may collect the tender security from our Legal Department (Guarantees Section), on the 2nd Floor,

Stima Plaza, Kolobot Road, Parklands, Nairobi only after expiry of twenty five (25) days from the date

hereof. It is expected that by that time KMTC and the successful bidder will have entered into a contract

pursuant to the Public Procurement and Disposal Act, 2005 (or as may be amended from time to time or

replaced). When collecting the Security, you will be required to produce the original of this letter.

We thank you for the interest shown in participating in this tender and wish you well in all your future

endeavors.

Yours faithfully,

FOR: KENYA MEDICAL TRAINING COLLEGE

CHIEF MANAGER, SUPPLIES, STORES AND TRANSPORT.

90

viii) CONTRACT AGREEMENT FORM

THIS AGREEMENT made this………day of………………….20….BETWEEN KENYA

MEDICAL TRAINING COLLEGE, of Post Office Box Number 30195-00100, Nairobi in the

Republic aforesaid (hereinafter referred to as the “KMTC”) of the one part,

AND

……………………………….. (Contractor’s full name and principal place of business) a duly

registered entity according to the laws of..…… (state country) and of Post Office Box

Number……………….(full address physical and postal of Contractor)in the Republic aforesaid,

(hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor” of the other part;

WHEREAS KMTC invited tenders for certain works, that is to say for ………………( KMTC insert

description of works) under Tender Number…………….. (KP inserts tender number)

AND WHEREAS KP has accepted the Tender by the Contractor for the services in the sum of

……………………(KMTC specify the total amount in words which should include any payable taxes,

duties and insurance where applicable e.g. Value Added Tax) (hereinafter called “the Contract

Price”).

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS: -

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively

assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract and the Tender Document.

2. Unless the context or express provision otherwise requires: -

a) reference to “this Agreement” includes its recitals, any schedules and documents

mentioned hereunder and any reference to this Agreement or to any other document

includes a reference to the other document as varied supplemented and or replaced in any

manner from time to time.

b) any reference to any Act shall include any statutory extension, amendment, modification,

re-amendment or replacement of such Act and any rule, regulation or order made there

under.

c) the Official Purchase Order shall also mean the Official Order or Local Purchase Order.

d) words importing the masculine gender only, include the feminine gender or (as the case

may be) the neutral gender.

e) words importing the singular number only include the plural number and

vice-versa and where there are two or more persons included in the expression the

“Contractor” the covenants, agreements obligations expressed to be made or performed

by the Contractor shall be deemed to be made or performed by such persons jointly and

severally.

91

f) where there are two or more persons included in the expression the “Contractor” any act

default or omission by the Contractor shall be deemed to be an act default or omission by

any one or more of such persons.

3. In consideration of the payment to be made by KMTC to the Contractor as hereinbefore

mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with KMTC to perform and Contractor in

consideration of the execution, completion, and maintenance of the Works by the Contractor as

prescribed by the Contract provide the services and remedy any defects thereon in conformity in

all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. KMTC hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the proper performance and

provision of the services and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other

sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner

prescribed by the Contract.

i. The following documents shall constitute the Contract between KMTC and the Contractor and

each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract: -

a) this Contract Agreement

b) Letter of Acceptance dated …………..

a) Conditions of Contract

b) Special Conditions of Contract

c) Official Purchase Order where applicable.

d) Specifications

e) Drawings

h) Priced Bill of Quantities and agreed upon with KMTC.

i) Work program (work methods and schedule)

j) KMTC’s Notification of Award dated…………

k) Tender Form signed by the Contractor

l) Declaration Form signed by the Contractor/ successful Tenderer

6. In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the contract documents listed above, the order

of precedence shall be the order in which the contract documents are listed in 5 above except

where otherwise mutually agreed in writing.

7. The Commencement date shall be the working day immediately following the fulfillment of all

the following: -

a) Execution of this Contract Agreement by KMTC and the Contractor.

b) Issuance of the Performance Bond by the Contractor and confirmation of its authenticity

by KMTC.

c) Issuance of the Official Order by KMTC to the Contractor.

d) Where applicable, Opening of the Letter of Credit by KMTC.

92

8. The period of contract validity shall begin from the Commencement date and end at the expiry of

the Defects Liability Period.

Provided that the expiry period of the Warranty shall be as prescribed and further provided that

the Warranty shall survive the expiry of the contract.

9. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that its Performance Security is valid at

all times during the period of contract validity and further is in the full amount as contracted.

10. Any amendment, change, addition, deletion or variation howsoever to this Contract shall only be

valid and effective where expressed in writing and signed by both parties.

11. No failure or delay to exercise any power, right or remedy by KMTC shall operate as a waiver of

that right, power or remedy and no single or partial exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

12. Notwithstanding proper completion of performance or parts thereof, all the provisions of this

Contract shall continue in full force and effect to the extent that any of them remain to be

implemented or performed unless otherwise expressly agreed upon by both parties.

13. Any notice required to be given in writing to any Party herein shall be deemed

to have been sufficiently served, if where delivered personally, one day after such delivery;

notices by electronic mail and facsimile shall be deemed to be served one day after the date of

such transmission and delivery respectively, notices sent by post shall be deemed served seven

(7) days after posting by registered post (and proof of posting shall be proof of service), notices

sent by courier shall be deemed served two (2) days after such receipt by the courier service for

Local contractors and five (5) days for Foreign contractors.

14. For the purposes of Notices, the address of KMTC shall be Post Office Box Number 30195 -

00100, Nairobi, Kenya, The address for the Contractor shall be the Contractor’s address as stated

by it in the Confidential Business Questionnaire provided in the Tender Document.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with

the laws of Kenya the day and year first above written.

SIGNED for and on behalf

Of KMTC

______________________

COMPANY SECRETARY

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL

of the CONTRACTOR

93

in the presence of:-

___________________ ______________________

DIRECTOR Affix Contractor’s Seal here

________________________

DIRECTOR’S FULL NAMES

and in the presence of:-

________________________

DIRECTOR/ COMPANY SECRETARY

________________________________________________

DIRECTOR/ COMPANY SECRETARY’S FULL NAMES

DRAWN BY: -

94

ix) PERFORMANCE SECURITY FORM (BANK GUARANTEE)

(To Be Submitted On Bank’s Letterhead) Date:

To:

Kenya Medical Training College,

P.O Box 30195 - 00100,

Nairobi, Kenya.

WHEREAS…………………………(hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, in pursuance

of your Tender Number………………..(reference number of the Tender) and its Tender dated

………………(insert Contractor’s date of Tender taken from the Tender Form) to supply

……………(description of the works) (hereinafter called “the Contract);

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you

with a bank guarantee by an acceptable bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance of

the Contractor’s performance obligations in accordance with the Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor a guarantee;

THEREFORE WE HEREBY AFFIRM that we are Guarantors and responsible to you, on behalf of

the Contractor, up to a total of……………………. (amount of the guarantee in words and figures) and

we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring the Contractor to be in default under

the Contract and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of

………………………………………...

(amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without you needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your

demand or the sum specified therein.

This guarantee is valid until the …………day of……………….…..…20….

EITHER

SEALED with the )

COMMON SEAL )

of the said BANK )

)

this ……………………day ) _____________________________

) BANK SEAL

of ………………………20…. )

in the presence of :- )

95

)

____________________ )

)

and in the presence of:- )

)

__________________ )

OR

SIGNED by the DULY AUTHORISED

REPRESENTATIVE(S)/ ATTORNEY(S) of

The BANK

_____________________

Name(s) and Capacity(ies) of duly authorised representative(s)/ attorney(s) of the Bank

___________________________________

Signature(s) of the duly authorised person(s)

NOTES TO CONTRACTORS AND BANKS

1. Please note that no material additions, deletions or alterations regarding the contents of this

Form shall be made to the Performance Security Bond (the Bond) to be furnished by the

successful Tenderer/ Supplier. If any are made, the Bond may not be accepted and shall be

rejected by KMTC. For the avoidance of doubt, such rejection will be treated as non-submission

of the Bond where such Bond is required in the tender and Contract.

2. KPLC shall seek authentication of the Performance Security from the issuing bank. It is the

responsibility of the Contractor to sensitize its issuing bank on the need to respond directly and

expeditiously to queries from KMTC. The period for response shall not exceed five (5) days from

the date of KMTC’s query. Should there be no conclusive response by the Bank within this

period, such Contractor’s Performance Security may be deemed as invalid and the Contract

nullified.

96

xi) LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE

[letter-head paper of the Employer]

_______________________[date]

To: _______________________

[name of the Contractor]

_____________________

[address of the Contractor]

Dear Sir,

This is to notify you that your Tender dated ___________________________

for the execution of ________________________________________________

[name of the Contract and identification number, as given in the Tender documents] for the Contract

Price of Kshs. __________________________ [amount in figures][Kenya

Shillings______________________________(amount in words) ] in accordance with the Instructions to

Tenderers is hereby accepted.

You are hereby instructed to proceed with the execution of the said Works in accordance with the

Contract documents.

Authorized Signature …………………………………………………………………

Name and Title of Signatory …………………………………………………………

Attachment : Agreement

97

xii) QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

1. Individual Tenderers or Individual Members of Joint Ventures

1.1 Constitution or legal status of tenderer (attach copy or Incorporation Certificate)

Place of registration: ____________________________

Principal place of business _____________________________

Power of attorney of signatory of tender ____________________

1.2 Total annual volume of construction work performed in the last three years

Year Volume

Currency Value

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

1.3 Work performed as Main Contractor on works of a similar nature and volume over the

last three years. Also list details of work under way or committed, including expected

completion date.

Project Name Name of Client and

contact person

(Address &

Telephone No.)

Type of Work

performed and year

of completion

Value of contract

98

1.4 Major items of Contractor’s Tools &Equipment proposed for carrying out the Works.

List all information requested below. (Attach evidence of ownership or lease)

Item of Tools

&

Equipment

Description,

Make and age

(years)

Condition(new,

good, poor) and

number available

Owned, leased

(from whom?), or

to be purchased

(from whom?)

____________

______

_________(etc

.)

________________

________________

____

_______________

_______________

___

______________

______________

_____

1.5 Qualifications and experience of key personnel proposed for administration and execution

of the Contract as required by Subsection 3.20 of the Instructions to Tenderer, Attach

biographical data.

Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel.

1. Title of position*

Name

2. Title of position*

Name

3. Title of position*

Name

4. Title of position*

Name

99

Resume for each Proposed Personnel

The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.

Name of Bidder

Position

Personnel

information

Name

Date of birth

Professional qualifications

Present

employmen

t

Name of employer

Address of employer

Telephone

Contact (manager / personnel

officer)

Fax

E-mail

Job title

Years with present employer

Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and

managerial experience relevant to the project.

From To Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management

experience

1.6 Proposed Subcontractors for works

As per the requirements of Clause 3.20 of Conditions of Contract, following is a list of subcontractors

and the portions of the Work to be subcontracted:

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the

facilities indicated. Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item

100

Sections of the

Works

Value of

Subcontract

Subcontractor

(name and address)

Experience in

similar work

_____________

_____________

_____________

(etc.)

1.6 Financial reports for the last three years: balance sheets, profit and loss statements,

auditor’s reports, etc. List below and attach copies of audited financial statements.

________________________________________________________

1.7 Evidence of access to financial resources to meet the qualification requirements: cash in

hand, lines of credit, etc. List below and attach copies of supportive documents.

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

1.8 Name, address and telephone, telex and facsimile numbers of banks and/or institution that

may provide reference if contacted by the Employer.

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

1.9 Statement of compliance with the requirements of Clause 3.2.6 of the Instructions to

Tenderers.

_________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________

1.10 Proposed program (work method and schedule) in compliance with requirement of clause

3.6 of the Instructions to Tenderers. Descriptions, drawings and charts, as necessary, to

comply with the requirements of the tendering documents.

2 Joint Ventures

2.4 The information listed in 1.1 – 1.10 above shall be provided for each partner of the joint

venture.

2.5 The information required in 1.11 above shall be provided for the joint venture.

2.6 Attach the power of attorney of the signatory(ies) of the tender authorizing signature of

the tender on behalf of the joint venture

101

2.7 Attach the Agreement among all partners of the joint venture ( and which is legally

binding on all partners), which shows that:

a) all partners shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the Contract in

accordance with the Contract terms;

b) one of the partners will be nominated as being in charge, authorized to incur

liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the

joint venture; and

c) the execution of the entire Contract, including payment, shall be done exclusively

with the partner in charge

102

BILL NO. 1

GENERAL CONDITIONS & PRELIMINARIES

103

A

B

C

BILL NO. 1

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND PRELIMINARIES

GENERALLY

The following clauses are given for the guidance of the contractor in the preparation

of his tender.

The contractor must allow in his tender any sum he may consider necessary in

respect of these clauses by way of pricing the clauses.

In the case of a contractor leaving un-priced any preliminary items then he shall be

deemed to have considered that the rates for the remaining items in the bills of

Quantities are sufficient to perform the services and obligations in the items not

priced without charge.

PRELIMINARY PARTICULARS

Definition of items

Terms throughout these bills of quantities shall be interpreted as follows:-

(i) Employer: The term ‘the employer’ wherever used hereinafter and in all

contract documents shall be deemed to mean Kenya Medical Traning College

P. O. Box NAIROBI

(ii) Project Architect: The term ‘the Project Architect’ wherever used hereinafter

and in all contract documents shall be deemed to mean Designspec Limited

P O Box 30846, 00100 Nairobi, Kenya

Whenever the term ‘Project Architect’’ is used in all contract documents it

shall be construed to mean the ‘Principal consultant’

(iii) Quantity Surveyor: The term ‘the quantity surveyor’ wherever used

hereinafter and in all contract Documents it shall be deemed to mean

Addconsult Surveyors, P.O. Box 3427-00506, Nairobi.

(iv) Contractor: The term ‘the contractor’ wherever used hereinafter and in all

contract documents shall mean the person or persons, partnership, firm or

company whose tender for the works has been accepted and who has or

have signed this contract and shall include his or their heirs, executors,

administers, assigns, and duly appointed representatives.

Carried to collection Kshs.

104

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

Definition of terms (contd.)

(v) Works: The term ‘the works’ wherever used hereinafter and in all contract

documents shall mean all or any portion of the work, materials and articles

wherever the same are being manufactured or prepared which are to be

used in the execution of the contract, and whether the same be on the site

of the buildings or not. It shall also be deemed to include all variations, the

work of all sub-contractors and any variations.

(vi) Contract: The term ‘the contract’ wherever used hereinafter and in all

contract documents shall mean the tender, Articles of Agreement and

conditions of contract, form of bond, drawings, general specification and

priced and signed Bills of Quantities.

(vii) Contract drawings: The term the ‘contract drawings’ wherever used

hereinafter and in all contract documents shall be deemed to imply the

drawings referred to these bills of Quantities.

(viii) Site: The term ‘ the site’ wherever used hereinafter and in all contract

Documents shall mean the lands and other places on, under, in or through

which the works are to be executed or carried out and any other lands or

places provided by the employer for the purposes of the contract.

(ix) Approved, Directed and selected: The terms ‘ approved directed and

selected’ wherever used hereinafter and in all contract documents shall

mean the approval, direction and selection of or by Project Architect

(x) Singular and plural: Words importing the singular only wherever used

hereinafter and in all contract documents shall also include the plural and

vice versa where the context requires.

(xi) Specified: The term ‘specified’ wherever used hereinafter and in all

contract documents shall mean as specified in the general conditions and

preliminaries and/or preambles to treads of these bills of Quantities or in

more than one of these documents.

(xiii) Fix only: The term ‘fix only’ shall mean take delivery at the nearest supply

point (unless otherwise stated), pay all demurrage charges, load, transport

to site, unload, store unpack, and assemble as necessary, distribute to

position, hoist and fix in position.

Carried to collection Kshs

105

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

Abbreviations

Throughout these Bills, units of measurement and terms are abbreviated and shall be

interpreted as follows:-

LM: Shall mean Linear Metre

SM: Shall mean Square Metre

CM: Shall mean Cubic Metre

Kg: Shall mean kilogramme

MM: Shall mean Milimetre

No: Shall mean Number

B.S: Shall mean the British standards specifications published by the

British Standards Institution, 2 park street, London W.L

Ditto: Shall mean the whole of the preceding description except as

qualified in the section in which it occurs. Where it occurs in

rackets it shall mean the whole of the preceding description

which it is contained within the appropriate in brackets.

b.s.m: Shall mean both sides measured

m.s: Shall mean measured separately

P.C: Shall mean prime cost

75mm: Shall mean exceeding 75mm but not exceeding 150mm and all

to items described in this manner shall be similarly construed

150mm

girth

A small: Shall mean any pipe exceeding 100mm internal diameter

Pipe

A large: Shall mean any pipe exceeding 50 mm but not exceeding 100 mm pipe

pipe in diameter

An extra : Shall mean any pipe exceeding 100 mm internal diameter

Large

Pipe

Carried to Collection Kshs.

106

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

F

Description of site

Location

The site is located within Makindu KMTC campus.

Access

Access to the site is via the existing entrance

Visiting the site

The contractor before tendering is recommended to visit the site of the works to

satisfy himself as to the facilities for access and other site conditions under which the

works will have to be carried out.

The Contractor shall be assumed to have acquainted himself with the site as to its

nature and position, means of access, etc. and no claim in this connection will be

allowed.

No claim will be allowed for traveling or other expenses which may be incurred by

the contractor in visiting the site or preparing the tender for the works.

Restriction on the Contractor’s use of site

The contractor will be required to agree the sitting of all temporary works with the

consultant before the commencement of the contract.

The contractor shall not use the site or any part thereof for any purpose other that

that of carrying out the contract

Sleeping accommodation will not be permitted on the site.

Maintenance of the existing right of way

The contractor will be required throughout the contract to maintain and keep from

obstructing the existing way.

Existing property

The contractor shall take every precaution to avoid damage to all existing property

including buildings, roads, cables, drains, and other services and he will be held

responsible for and shall make good all such damage arising at his own expense to

the satisfaction of the consultant.

Carried to Collection Kshs.

107

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

Description of the works

The works to be executed under the contract comprises of: -

Construction of Tuition block for KMTC Makindu , Makueni County

Progress Schedule

The contractor shall within a reasonable period from acceptance of the tender, and

prior to the signing of the contract, provide approved detailed progress charts

showing clearly the anticipated order and rate of progress of the works and

sustaining the stated time for completion. Such progress charts shall be agreed with

the Project Architect before commencing operations on the site. Two copies shall be

forwarded to the Project Architect and one copy retained in the site office and

updated from time to time as required.

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Guaranteed Bond (Clause No.16)

The contractor shall enter into a contract Guarantee Bond with an approved Bank,

insurance Company or financial institution of the contractor’s choice by which they

shall be jointly and severally bound to the employer in a sum equivalent to 10% of

the contract price conditioned for the due fulfillment of the terms and conditions of

the contract.

That in the event of the said Bank insurance Company or financial institution being

prepared to join with the contractor in entering into a contract Guarantee Bond as

aforesaid, the employer will pay premiums due to the said Bank there-under and no

sum in respect thereof shall be included by the contractor in his contract price or

added to his account with the employer.

That the Contractor shall furnish in confidence to the said Bank information as to the

contractor’s financial position and any other relevant information reasonably

required by them.

Clause 16.2 covering payment guarantee by the Employer shall be deleted

The Contractor shall allow for paying all stamped charges in connection with the

Bond

Law Governing contract

The contractor shall in all respects be familiar with and operate within the Laws of

Kenya

Carried to collection Kshs.

108

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

Form of contract

The Contractor will be required to enter into a contract which will be the current

form of agreement and schedule of conditions of building contract published by the

Joint building council of Kenya (1999 Edition. With Quantities) excepting in so far as

varied hereinafter .The above form is published with the sanctions of The

Architectural Association of Kenya and The association of Building and Civil

Engineering Contractors.

The Contractor’s attention is called to the following clauses of the conditions of

contract, which shall be read as incorporated herein, and he shall allow any sums

whish he considers necessary for the carrying out of and observance of such

conditions together with sub-clauses used in amplification.

Contractor Obligations Clause No. 4

Contract Documents Clause No. 7

(i) Figured dimensions will be used in preference to scales mentioned on or

attached to any drawing.

(ii) The contractor is to take the necessary particulars for ordering his materials

and work from the drawings and work in progress on the buildings and not

use the Bills of Quantities for that purpose.

Statutory Obligations, Notices, Clause No. 17

Fees and charges

(i) The contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all penalties incurred by

reason of the non-observance of such statuary obligations.

(ii) The contractor must also make himself fully acquainted with current

ordinances and Government and other regulations regarding the movement,

housing, security, and control labour, labour camps, etc. He must abide by

the same and allow for extra expense in this connection.

(iii) The contractor shall conform to and give notice in accordance with the

provisions of any Regulation or by-laws on the water, electricity and

telephone or any other local authority. The Contractor shall pay all fees,

rates, and legally demandable charges for making such connections.

(iv) The cost of permanent connections which eventually become the

responsibility of the Employer will be paid on invoice from the appropriate

statutory undertaking and adjusted against the P.C. sums included in the Bills

of Quantities as descried later in the preliminaries.

Carried to Collection Kshs

109

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

Materials, Goods, and Workmanship to

Conform to Description, Testing and Inspection Clause No. 23

(i) The standard of Workmanship shall not be inferior to the current British

codes of practice, no materials for use in the permanent construction are to be

used for any temporary or other purpose than for which they are provided.

(ii) The Contractor shall place orders for all the required materials

immediately upon receipt of the order to commence the works and will

be held responsible for any delays occurring due to the late placing of

such orders.

(iii) The Contractor shall upon receiving quotations for any materials inform

the Project Architect if it appears that delivery dates quoted will delay the

works and shall not place an order for such materials until the Project

Architects is so informed, but such notification will not relieve the

Contractor of his responsibility under the contract.

(iv All materials used in the works shall be new unless otherwise described.

Contractor’s site agent and other staff Clause No. 9

Keep constantly on site a competent, literate, English speaking site agent or foreman,

fully experienced with the work involved.

Access for Project Architect/ Principal

Consultant Clause No. 19

Clerk of works Clause No. 10

Contract Bills and Price Clause No. 8

Note: The wording “but not anything contained in the contract Bills shall

override, modify or affect in any way whatsoever the application or

interpretation of that which is contained in these conditions” shall be

deleted.

(i) The whole of the work contained in these bills of Quantities is measured on

the basis of the standard Method of Measurement for Building Works for

East Africa. (First Edition – Metric), published by the Architectural

Association of Kenya, Chapter of Quantity Surveyors, dated October, 1970

or any recent amendments

Carried to Collection Kshs

110

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

(ii) The method of measurement herein used must be accepted and will be

strictly be adhered to for the adjustment of variations and for re-

measurements as necessary. The whole of the quantities in these Bills, unless

expressly otherwise stated have been arrived at by taking the net

measurement of the various items of completed work from the Drawings

and all dimensions and measurements on the Drawings and in the Bills of

Quantities shall be taken to be in metric Legal Standard measurements.

(iii) The Bills of Quantities shall be prices in ink.

(iv) Any unauthorized alteration or qualification made to the text of the Bills of

Quantities may cause the tender to be disqualified and will in any case be

ignored.

(v) All items of measured work shall be priced in detail and tenders containing

limp sums to cover trades or groups of work must be broken down to

show the price of each item before they will be accepted. Lump sums to

cover several items of preliminaries likewise shall be broken down if so

required.

(vi) The rates set down by the contractor against each item in these Bills of

Quantities shall, unless otherwise provided to contrary, or unless there is a

separate item for extra labour, cutting and waste, be held to include for

waste on materials, carriage, cartage, carrying in return of empties, hoisting

setting, fitting and fixing in position, making good and all other labours

and everything else necessary for the proper completion of each item and

for established charges and profit.

(vii) The Contractor shall be deemed to have made allowance in his prices

generally to cover items of preliminaries, expenses in connection with P.C

sums or other item, if these have not been priced against respective item.

(viii) One blank and one priced copy of these Bills of Quantities shall be

furnished free of cost to the Contractor for his own use. The copy shall be

kept on the works until the completion thereof and the Project Architect

and Quantify Surveyor shall at all reasonable times have access to the same.

(ix) The Contractor is particularly requested to bear in mind that the whole of

the Quantities in the Bills are measured NET as fixed and the Contractor

must include in his prices for all waste of every description.

Carried to collection Kshs

111

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

F

Practical Completion and

Defects Liability Clause No. 41

(i) The whole of the works are to be completed by the date of completion

as previously stated, and no extra will be allowed in respect of overtime

worked to achieve completion by the date so fixed.

(ii) If the Project Architect in respect of extra works specifically instructs the

working of overtime, the contractor will be reimbursed the net extra cost

of wages paid over and above the normal daily rates.

Assignment or Sub-letting Clause No. 26 & 27

Should consent be given to Sub-let any portion of the work the contractor will in

no way be relived of his liabilities and responsibilities.

Injury to persons and Property

And Employer’s indemnity

Indemnify Employer (personal injury or death). Clause No. 11

Indemnify Employer (Injury or damage to property) Clause No. 11

Insurance against Injury to persons and property. Clause No. 12, 13 & 14

Insurance of Joint Indemnification Clause No 12 & 13

The cost of the premium in respect of any special insurance shall be

Substantiated by a separate quotation and invoice to be submitted to the

Quantity Surveyor for inspection approval and adequacy of cover and upon

such approval being granted, the cost shall set against the provisional sum

provided on the main summary in these bills of Qualities.

Insurance of Works against Fire, etc Clause No .12 & 13

(i) Sub-paragraphs (B) and (C) to be struck out.

(ii) Insurance cover against fire following earthquake shall be included in

the risk listed.

Possession, Completion and Postponement Clause No. 20

The Contractor shall complete the Works in the time stated in the Form of

Tender (Subject to the provision of clause No. 36).

Carried Collection Kshs

112

A

B

C

D

E

F

Damage for non-completion Clause No. 43

The Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated and ascertained damages

for the period during which the works remain uncompleted as detailed in the

Appendix to the conditions of contract on page 1/15 hereafter.

Extension of Time Clause No. 23

(i) The Contractor shall order all materials to be obtained from overseas

immediately upon signing the Contract and shall also order materials to be

obtained from local sources as early as necessary to ensure that such

materials to are on site when required for use in the Works. However before

placing any order, the Contractor must obtain confirmation in writing, from

the Project Architect, that the materials specified are for the works and have

not been varied in any way in the light of altered requirement or planning.

(ii) A claim for extension of time under (i) above will not be considered unless

substantial proof is submitted that every endeavor has been made by the

contractor to avoid such delay. A soon as any delay become apparent the

Project Architect must be notified in writing .

Loss and expense caused by disturbance

Of regular progress of the Works Clause No. 37

Determination by Employer Clause No. 38

Determination by Contractor Clause No. 39

GENERAL ATTENDANCE

(a) Use for the purpose of the Sub-Contract Works of any scaffolding

belonging to or provided by the Contractor while it remains so

erected upon the site, provided that no warranty or other liability

on the part of the contractor or of his other Sub-Contractors shall

be created or implied in regard to the fitness, condition or

suitability of the said scaffolding.

(b) Provision of water, lighting and attendance for the purpose of the

Sub-Contract Works.

(c) Use of Sanitary accommodation, mess-rooms and welfare facilities.

(d) Provision of space for erection of offices or stores or space for

storage of plant and materials.

Carried to collection Kshs.

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

113

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

B

(e) Clearing away rubbish produced by them

(iii) The foregoing services are described hereafter as “Allow for general

attendance”.

(iv) When accepting tenders from nominated Sub-Contractors, the

Contractor is advised to enter into a properly executed Sub-Contract

and to use the sub-Contract form as issued by the Kenya Association of

Building and civil Engineering Contractors.

(v) The Employer will not be held responsible for any claim arising out of

the Contractor’s failure to enter into a proper Sub-Contract.

Certificates and payment Clause No. 34

(i) The period of payment from the date of presentation of Project

Architect’s Certificate to the Employer will be 14 days.

(ii) All documents necessary for the purpose of the composition of the Final

Account including all documents relating to the account of Nominated

Sub-Contractors and suppliers shall be passed to the Quantity Surveyor

as and when available during the progress of the Works and not later

than one month after the date of practical completion.

(iii) If a certificate remains unpaid beyond the period for honouring

certificates stated herein, the employer shall pay or allow to the

contractor interest on the unpaid amount for the period it remains

unpaid at commercial bank lending rate in force during the period of

default.

Settlement of Disputes Clause No. 45

Carried to collection Kshs.

114

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

APPENDIX TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

The following are the particulars which will be inserted in the Appendix to the

conditions of the Contract but the Employer reserves the right to negotiate with

the Contractor up to the time of the signing the contract in respect of any

particular or particulars.

Clause

Amount of surety 16.1 10 percent

Period of submission of

works program 18.1 Two weeks

Defects Liability period 41.6 Six months from practical

Completion of the works

as certified by the

Project Architect in

writing.

Date for possession 20.1 to be arranged upon

Signing the contract

Date of Completion 20.2 As stated on form of

tender.

Liquidated and ascertained

Damages 43.1 At the rate of K.Shs.

50,000.00 per

week.

Percentage of certified

value retained 34.12 10 per cent

Limit of retained fund 34.12 5 percent

Period of Final measurement 34.17 Six months, after

certified practical

completion.

Period of release of retention 34.1 Six months, after

certified Practical

completion.

Period of Interim Certificates 34.1 Monthly

Period of honouring certificates 30 14 days

Carried to Collection K.Shs.

115

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

GENERAL MATTERS

Sufficiently of tender

The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to

the correctness and sufficiently of his tender for the works and the rates and

prices stated in the priced Bills of Quantities which rates and prices shall cover all

his obligations under the contract and all matters and things necessary for the

proper completion and maintenance of the works.

Existing Services

Prior to commencement of any work the Contractor is to ascertain from the

relevant authorities the exact position, depth and level of all existing electric

cables, water pipes or other services in the area and shall make whatever

provision which may be required by the authorities concerned for the support

and protection of such services. Any damage or disturbance caused to any service

shall be reported immediately to the Project Architect and the relevant Authority

and shall be made good to their satisfaction at the Contractor’s expense.

Transport to and from the Site

The Contractor shall include in his prices for the transport of materials,

workmen, etc., to and from the site of the proposed works, at such hours and by

such routes as are permitted by the Authorities.

Water

The Contractor shall provide at his own cost all the water for use in the works

including that used by Nominated Sub-Contractors.

However, there is an existing water supply on the site and should the contractor

makes use of the same, a suitable arrangement with the employer will have to be

entered into in regard to the payment for its use.

No guarantee is given or implied that sufficient water will be available and the

Contractor must make his arrangements for augmenting this supply at his cost if

necessary.

He shall also provide for temporary piping and storage tanks as necessary and

clear away on completion.

Carried to collection Kshs.

116

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

G

Electrical Light and Power

The Contractor shall provide at his own cost all the power for use in the works

including that used by Nominated Sub-Contractors. He shall make his own

arrangements with the subcontractors for power provided specifically for their

use.

Electricity is available on site and should the contractor make use of the same, a

suitable agreement with the Employer will have to be entered into with regard

to payment for the same.

Safety, Health and welfare of Workpeople

The Contractor shall allow for all cost and charges in complying with all safety,

health and welfare regulations appertaining to all the work people employed on

site including those employed by all Sub-Contractors.

Temporary sheds

The Contractor shall allow for providing and maintaining temporary sheds and

shelters for accommodation of all workmen, workshops, and sheds for storage of

materials that may be necessary for the works in approved positions on the site

including those required by sub-contractors and removing same when no longer

required or when directed.

Latrines

The contractor shall allow for providing, maintaining and keeping in a sanitary

condition adequate temporary sanitary facilities in accordance with local

regulations for all persons employed on the works, including Sub –Contractors.

Alter, shift and adapt from time to time as necessary, remove same when no

longer required or when directed, reinstate ground to the satisfaction of the

Project Architect and deodorize soil.

Rates and Taxes

The Contractor shall allow for the payment of any rates and taxes levied by

rating Authority upon temporary structures the contractors is required to provide

on the site for the execution of the works.

Building Regulations

The whole of the works are to be executed in strict accordance with current

building regulations to the satisfaction of the local Authorities and the Project

Architect.

Carried to collection Kshs.

117

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

Records

The Contractor shall allow for keeping records appertaining to the works and

shall keep on the site a daily recording of weather conditions, temperature,

visitors to the site, etc.

Photographs

The Contractor shall allow for supplying four copies of progress photographs per

month to the Project Architect throughout the period of the Contract and in full

plate size.

Ordering materials

The contractor shall not use the Bills of Quantities for the purpose of ordering

materials, but must do so from detailed drawings.

Architect inspection

No work shall be covered up until inspected and approved by the Project

Architect.

Fair wages

The Contractor is to comply with the regulation of wages (Building and

construction industry) order and is to be responsible for compliance by Sub-

Contractors employed in the execution of the contract.

If required, he is to notify the Project Architect of any names and addresses of all

such sub-contractors. Any contractor or sub-contractor not so complying will not

be permitted to tender for other work for such period as the Project Architect

may determine

Should a claim be made to the Project Architect alleging the contractor’s default

in payment of fair wages of any workman employed on the contract and if

proof thereof satisfactory to the Project Architect is furnished by the Labour

Department, the Project Architect may, failing, payment by the Contractor pay

the claim out of any monies due or which may become due to the contractor

under this contract.

The Contractor is to furnish to the Project Architect if called upon to do so such

particulars of the rates of wages, hours and conditions of labour referred to

above as the Project Architect may direct.

Carried to collection Kshs

118

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

E

F

Housing of labour and watchman

No labour camps will be permitted on site.

The contractor is to allow for expenses he may incur in connection with

transportation of workmen to and from site.

Existing property

The contractor shall take every precaution to avoid damage to all existing

property including roads, cables, drains and other services and will be held

responsible for all damage thereto, arising from the execution of this contract,

and he shall make good all such damage at his own expense.

Supervision

The said works shall be executed under the direction and to the entire

satisfaction of the Project Architect, who shall at all times have access to the

works and to the yards and workshops of the Contractor or other places where

work is being prepared for the building.

Training levy

The Contractor’s attention is drawn to legal Notice No. 237 of October, 1971

which requires payment by the contractor of a training Levy on all contracts of

more than Kshs. 50,000/- in value and the Contractor should allow in the

preliminaries of this contract for all costs arising or resulting there-from.

Insurance

Within 14 days of the date of the letter accepting the tender and in any cases

before the contract is signed, the contractor must produce to the Project

Architect for inspection the relevant policies together with the receipts for the

premiums paid for the insurance described in clause 13 of the conditions of

contract or produce a current certificate of insurance.

At the same time the contractor must also deposit with the Project Architect the

policy and the receipt for the premium paid for fire, etc., insurance referred to in

clause 12 of the conditions of contract or produce a current certificate of

insurance in accordance herewith.

Working Hours

No work shall be carried out in the night or on gazetted holidays unless

authorized.

Carried to Collection Kshs.

119

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

Materials, tools, plant and Scaffolding

All materials and workmanship used in the erection of the works shall be of the

best quality and description unless otherwise described. Any materials for the

works condemned by the Project Architect shall immediately be removed from

the site at the contractor’s expense.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all materials, scaffolding,

tools, plant, transport and workmen required for the works except in so far as

may be stated otherwise herein and he shall allow for the provision of the

foregoing except for such items specifically and only required for the use of

nominated Sub-Contractors as described herein.

No timber used for scaffolding, formwork or similar purpose shall be used

afterwards for the permanent work.

All such plant, tools and scaffolding shall comply with all regulations whether

general or local in force throughout the period of the contract and shall be

altered or adapted during the contract, as may be necessary to comply with any

amendments in or additions to such regulations.

Payments to nominated Sub-Contractors and suppliers

The Project Architect may direct that the sum to be paid to nominated Sub-

Contractors, suppliers shall be certified by the Project Architect and paid direct to

the Sub-Contractor or supplier and that P.C. sum included in the Bills of

Quantities may be deducted from the contract Sum.

Samples

The contractor shall furnish at the earliest possible opportunity before the work

commences and at his own cost, any samples of materials or workmanship that

may be called for by the Project Architect for his approval or rejection and any

further samples in the case of rejection until such samples are approved by the

Project Architect and such samples when approved shall be minimum standard

for the work to which they apply.

Carried Collection K.Shs.

120

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

A

B

C

D

Prevention of Nuisance

The Works and such section of the site necessary therefore shall be under the

entire care and control of the contractor during the whole period of the

Contract and he shall take all possible precautions to prevent any nuisance,

inconvenience or injury to the holders or occupiers of the existing or surrounding

properties and to the public generally, and he shall at all times keep all paths and

roads affected by the works in a safe and clear state, and shall use proper

precautions to ensure the safety of all wheeled traffic and pedestrians.

Removal of plant, rubbish, etc.

The Contractor shall upon completion of the works, remove and clear away all

temporary buildings, plant, rubbish and un-used materials, and shall leave the

whole of the site of the works in a clean and tidy state to the satisfaction of the

Project Architect. He shall also remove all rubbish and dirt from the site at

weekly intervals or as directed by the Project Architect.

Particular care shall be taken in leaving windows clean and the removal of all

paint and cement stains there-from

Sales Tax

The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the sales Tax Act 1973 or most recent and

any amendments thereafter and his tender is deemed to include all costs arising

or resulting there-from.

Standard Levy

The contractor’s attention is drawn to the standards Levy Order (1990)

(Standards Act- CAP. 496) or most recent and any amendments thereafter and

his tender is deemed to include for all costs arising or resulting there-from.

Carried to collection K.Shs.

121

GENERAL CONDITIONS

AND PRELIMINARIES

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND PRELIMINARIES

COLLECTION

Page No. 103

Page No. 104

Page No. 105

Page No. 106

Page No. 107

Page No. 108

Page No. 109

Page No. 110

Page No. 111

Page No. 112

Page No. 113

Page No. 114

Page No. 115

Page No. 116

Page No. 117

Page No. 118

Page No. 119

Page No. 120

TOTAL AMOUNT OF BILL NO. 1

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND PRELIMINARIES

Carried to Main Summary

BILL NO. 2

PREAMBLES TO TRADES

ITEM

EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK

Nature of Excavation

A The Contractor must ascertain for himself the nature of the material to be excavated and price the work

accordingly as no allowance will be made beyond the Contract sum for any alleged ignorance in this respect

Site Clearance

B The Contractor shall clear the Construction areas within the site of all bushes, roots, brush, boulders, natural

obstruction, rubbish and any other natural or artificial obstructions which would interfere with construction of

buildings, roads, paths and drains.

Ant/Termite and Rodent sites

C Clear away all ant/termite and rodent sites hills and nests over the area of the site by excavating, locating and

destroying queens and rodents using pesticides and anti rodents chemicals approved by the BEO.

D Treat the cavity formed by removal of the nest as described hereinafter under “Soil Sterilization” and backfill

with approved material well rammed and consolidated in layer not exceeding 300 mm thick

E All areas of the site must be thoroughly proofed against rodents by compaction and special care must be taken to

ensure that no unconsolidated areas left near banks and ditches.

F All use of pesticides and termicides shall be implemented guided by pesticides evaluation report and safer use

action plan(PERSUAP) in compliance with 22 CFR 216.3(b), USAID’s Pesticide Procedures.

Commencing levels

G Unless specifically stated otherwise the commencing levels for excavation shall be deemed to be existing ground

level or underside of reduced level dig.

H All measurements are based reduced level excavation being executed first and no adjustment will be made

should a differing sequence of operations be adopted, unless specifically ordered by the Architect in writing.

Excavations

J Excavations shall be to the width and depths indicated on the drawing or to a lesser or greater depths as the

Engineer may deem necessary and so instruct the Contractor in order to obtain satisfactory foundations.

K Any difference in the quantity of work actually executed under such instructions and that provided in the Bills of

Quantities shall be measured and valued by Quantity Surveyors as a variation under the relevant conditions of

Contract.

PREAMBLES

2/1

ITEM

EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORKS (contd)

Bottoms of excavation

A The Contractor shall report to the Architect as and when a secure bottom to the excavations has been obtained

and the same is ready to receive concrete

B Any concrete and other work put in before excavations have been inspected and approved shall, if so directed, be

removed and new work substituted after excavations have been approved, all at the Contractor’s expense

C If so directed the Contractor shall water and well ram the bottom of excavations to the satisfaction of the

Architect.

Measurement of Excavation work

D Excavation work is measured net as before digging and the Contractor must allow for increase of bulk after

digging.

Trenches for pipes, cables, kerbs, etc other than drain pipe

E Prices for excavation of trenches for pipes, kerbs, etc. shall include for grading and ramming bottoms to the

levels required, all necessary planking and strutting, carefully returning, filling and ramming selected excavated

material and for carting away any surplus material.

Rock

F Any rock or any other hard materials encountered in excavating to the required depths which, in the opinion of

the Architect, can only be removed by wedges or compressor plant shall be paid for as an extra and the price

shall include for trimming and levelling. No blasting will be allowed. Hard compacted murram which can be

removed by pick will not be classed as rock notwithstanding that the Contractor may decide to remove it by

wedges or compressor plant.

G The contractor must give notification to the Architect or his representative when such material is encountered

and its extent must be agreed with the Architect or Quantity Surveyor or their authorized representatives before

the work is carried out. No allowance will be made from the rock excavation unless the forgoing procedure has

been followed.

Rates for excavations (Contd)

H The rates for excavations shall include for excavating by hand or machine in all types of material except rock, as

previously specified.

J Excavations for plain concrete foundations have been measured to the net sizes required by concrete dimensions.

K All allowance for working space and formwork has been measured to reinforced concrete foundations, but if the

Architect’s approval is given to pouring concrete against the face of the excavations these items will be

measured and adjusted in the Final Account.

L The rates for excavation must include for such excavating in all types of ground encountered including sand,

murram, hard murram, tree roots and loose boulders.

PREAMBLES

2/2

ITEM

EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK (Contd)

Levelling

A No item is measured for levelling and consolidating ground and rates for excavation must include for levelling

and preparing the ground for concrete or other works including ramming or rolling.

Disposal of Water

B The Contractor shall keep the excavations free from standing water and silt (or excavated material softened by

water) and he shall include for the cost of pumping, construction and temporary drains, soak way pits, etc., as

deemed necessary to achieve this. An item has been included for this in the Bills in each relevant section. The

cost of pumping, to dispose of any spring or running water has been covered by a provisional sum. If spring or

running water is encountered, the cost of any pumping ordered by the Architect will be paid for in accordance

with the Dayworks Schedule.

Planking and Strutting

C Sides of all excavations must be supported in order to prevent falls from or collapse of the earth face. The term

‘Planking and strutting’ is deemed to include any method or methods which the Contractor elects to adopt, to

uphold, protect and maintain the sides of excavations. The Contractor will be responsible for any consequences

of his failure in this respect including clearing away fallen material and any extra concrete or other works

including formwork ordered by the Architect due to such failure. An item has been included in these Bills in

each relevant section.

Return, fill in and ram

D Materials returned externally shall be selected hard, and dry excavated materials coming out of the excavation

free from vegetable soil, roots and rubbish carefully placed to minimize segregation, spread, watered and

compacted in layers not exceeding 150 mm thickness. Contractor shall ram and/or compact fill in layers as

specified above, within the building and around the foundations. All fill placement shall be appropriately

compacted (and/or rammed in narrow areas) to at least 95% of the maximum dry density obtainable using the

testing method BS 1377-4 (also called "Standard Proctor" test). The fill material shall be durable and free from

organic soil, and predominantly granular. If the site has unsuitable soils (organic soils), then approved granular

material shall be imported. Before covering this work, at least two (2) field density tests shall be conducted to

provide an evidence of degree of compaction achieved. Testing can be put in your section on Sampling and

Testing.

Return, fill in and ram (Contd)

E No excavation or foundation work shall be filled in or covered up until all measurements necessary for the

adjustment of variations have been made. Walling shall not be built upon the foundations until four days after

depositing of concrete.

Cart away

F All surplus excavated material, where so directed, and all rubbish are to be removed from the site and the

Contractor is to find his own dump and pay all charges.

Approval before filling

G No fill material shall be placed before approval has been given by the Architect for filling to begin.

PREAMBLES

2/3

ITEM

EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK (contd)

Measurement of filling generally

A Filling is measured net as after construction

Earth filling

B Levels specified to be made up with surplus soil, etc., are to be filled in with selected soil free from vegetable

growth to the approval of the Architect and is to be laid in layers not exceeding 200 mm thick, each layer to be

levelled, well rammed and consolidated and watered if necessary.

Hardcore filling

C Hardcore shall consist of clean hard broken stone or rubble graded to pass in all directions a 100 mm ring with

sufficient sand added to fill the interstices. The hardcore shall be well packed, rammed and where possible

rolled with a heavy roller. Where rolling is impossible compaction shall be by hand or by mechanical tampers

before any concrete is laid on hardcore, the hardcore shall be levelled and blinded with sand, rolled and well

watered through a sprinkler rose.

Borrow pits

D No borrow pits will be allowed to be opened on the site.

Soil Sterilization

E Ant-termite treatment is to be carried out using one of the chemicals below and the Contractor will be required,

upon completion of the soil sterilization, to furnish a written guarantee certifying the following:

(a) That the chemicals applied comply with requirements specified herein for chemical

Concentration and rates of application.

(b) That the treatment will remain effective against termite infestation for a period of five years.

(c) The free re-treatment by the Contractor of any areas showing signs of infestation before the expiry

of the five year period

F The chemicals used shall be Fipronil ( Termidor 80WG termicide/insecticide) or similar/equal and approved by

the BEO:-

PREAMBLES

2/4

ITEM

EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORKS (Contd)

Soil Sterilization (contd)

A Some of the chemicals listed above are toxic to animal and plant life and must therefore be applied only with

caution as stated in item F on page 2/1. Where individual water supply systems are proposed, precautions must

be taken to prevent infiltration and endangering the water supply. Treatment shall not be made when soils or fill

is excessively wet or immediately after heavy rains.

B Precaution must also be taken to prevent disturbances of the treatment by animals or human contact with the

treated soil. The treated areas are to be covered as quickly as possible after treatment

C The rate of application is to be 7 litres per square metre and the areas measured include those under floor and

around wall and column foundations.

CONCRETE WORK

Generally

D For description of materials and workmanship generally, the contractor is referred to the “General Specification

Of Building Works” dated 1976 as issued by ministry works, relevant codes of practice and British standards,

except as amended and/or amplified the clauses hereafter.

QUALITY, SAMPLES, TESTING AND APPROVAL

Tolerances

E On all setting out dimensions of 5 metres and over a maximum non-accumulative tolerance of plus or minus 5

millimetres will be allowed. On all setting out dimensions less than 5 metres, a maximum non-accumulative

tolerance of plus or minus 3 millimetres will be allowed. On the cross sectional dimensions of structure

members, unless otherwise required by the drawings, a maximum tolerance of plus or minus 3 millimetres will

be permitted.

F The top service of concrete floor slabs and beams shall be within 6 millimetres of the normal level and line

shown on the drawings. Columns shall be truly plumb and non accumulative tolerance of 3 millimetres in each

storey and not more than 15 millimetres out of plumb in their full height will be permitted. The contractor shall

be responsible for the cost of all corrective measures required by the Engineer to rectify work which is not

constructed within the tolerances set out above.

Materials generally

G All materials which have been damaged, contaminated or have deteriorated or do not comply in any way with

the requirements of the specifications shall be rejected and shall be removed immediately from the site at the

contractors expense. No materials shall be stored or stacked on floors without the Engineer’s prior approval.

The sources of supply for all materials used for concrete work shall be approved by the Engineer before these

materials are delivered on the site. All materials shall comply with the requirements of the latest appropriate

British standard unless otherwise agreed with the engineer, whose approval shall be obtained in writing.

PREAMBLES

2/5

ITEM

Samples

A Samples of materials shall be submitted as soon as possible after the contract is let. No deliveries in bulk shall be

made until the samples are approved by the Engineer. All condemned materials shall be removed from the site.

B Approved samples and specimens shall be retained on Site for comparison with the finished work. Finished

work must conform in all respects with the samples or specimens approved. The cost of supplying samples and

specimens must be borne by the Contractor, but specimens may form part of the finished work where approved

by the Engineer.

Cement

C Cement, shall be ordinary Portland cement of a brand approved by the Engineer and shall comply with the

requirements of B.S 12.

D A manufacturer's Certificate of Test in accordance with B.S 12 shall be supplied for each consignment delivered

to the Site.

E Cement may be delivered to the site either in bags or in bulk.

F If delivered in bags, each bag shall be properly sealed and marked with the manufacture’s name and on the site is

to be stored in weather-proof shed of adequate dimensions with a raised floor. Any bag found to contain cement

which has set or partly set, shall be completely discarded and not used in the works.

G If delivered in bulk the cement shall be stored in weather-proof silo either provided by cement supplier or the

contractor but in either case the silo shall be to the approval of the Engineer.

Aggregates

H Aggregates shall conform to the requirements of B.S. 882 and the sources and types of all aggregates are to be

approved in all respects by the engineer before work commences.

J Fine aggregates shall be clean, coarse, siliceous sand of good, sharp, hard quality and shall be free from lumps of

stone, earth, loam, dust, salt, organic matter and any other deleterious substances. All the material shall pass

through a 5mm BS sieve and the grading shall be in accordance with zones 1, 2 or 3 of BS 882. Fine aggregates

for mortar only shall comply with BS 1200.

K The grading of the coarse aggregates will be 20mm and 10mm in a ratio of 2:1. Coarse aggregate shall be clean

hard and durable crushed rock, crushed gravel or natural gravel complying with the requirements of BS 882. The

material shall not contain any pyrites, iron oxides, flaky or laminated material, hollow shells, coal or other soft or

porous material, or organic matter.

L Aggregates shall be delivered to the site in their prescribed sizes or gradings and shall be stock piled on paved

areas or in boarding platforms in separate units to avoid intermixing.

Water

M The water used for mixing concrete shall be from an approved source, clean, fresh and free from harmful matter

and comply with the requirements of B.S.3148.

PREAMBLES

2/6

ITEM

Concrete strengths

A Concrete mixes shall have the following minimum strengths as given by works cube tests:-

Minimum crushing strengths

7 days N/mm2 28 days N/mm2

Class 40 27 40

Class 35 24 35

Class 30 20 30

Class 25 17 25

Class 20 14 20

B The average strength obtained from cube tests shall be 10% higher than the minimum strengths

shown above.

Measured proportions of concrete

Cement:

C. The quantity of cement shall be measured by weight. Where delivered in bags, each batch of concrete is to use

one or more whole bags of cement.

Aggregates:

D For classes 40 to 25, concrete aggregates shall be measured by weight in a weigh batching machine as described

hereafter.

E For class 15 concrete aggregates may be measured by weight or by volume. Where volume batching is to be

used, approved gauge boxes of such size as will give the correct proportions shall be used.

Work Cube Test

F Four test cubes shall be cast from each volume batch. Work cubes are to be made at intervals at every concreting

stage from the mix used on site and the contractor shall provide a continuous record of the concrete work. The

cubes shall be made in approved 150mm moulds in strict accordance with the code of practice BS 1881-part 108.

Work Cube Test (Contd)

G Two cubes from each batch shall be tested for compressive strength at seven days and the remaining two at 28

days.

PREAMBLES

2/7

ITEM

A Each cube shall be marked with distinguishing number (numbers) to run consecutively and the date and a record

shall be kept on site giving the following particulars:

(a) Cube no.

(a) Date made.

(b) Location in work e.g. 1st floor slab, Foundation

(c) 7-day test

Date

Strength

(d) 28- day test

Date

Strength

B Cubes shall be forwarded by the Clerk of Works, carriage paid by the Contractor to an Approved Testing

Authority, in time to be tested (2No. at 7 days and the remaining 2No. at in 28 days). No cube shall be

dispatched within three days of casting.

C Originals of all work cube tests shall be forwarded to the Engineer and one copy shall be retained on the site.

D If the strengths required above are not attained and maintained throughout, the contractor may be required to

remove and replace at his own cost any concrete which fails to attain the required strength as ascertained by

work cube tests.

Mixing and placing of concrete

E The concrete shall be mixed only in approved power-driven mixers of a type and capacity suitable for the work,

and in any event not smaller than 0.40/0.28 CM capacity.

F The mixer shall be equipped with an accurate water measuring device. All materials shall be thoroughly mixed

dry before the water is added and the mixing of each batch shall continue for a period of not more than two

minutes after the water has been added and until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and the mass is

uniform in colour.

Mixing and placing of concrete (Contd)

G The entire contents of the mixed drum shall be discharged before recharging. The volume of mixed materials

shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. Whenever the mixer is started, 10% extra cement shall be added

to the first batch and no extra payment will be made on this account.

H As a check on concrete consistency slump tests shall be carried out and shall be in accordance with B.S 1881-

102. The contractor shall provide the necessary apparatus and carry out such tests as are required. The slump of

the concrete made with the specified water content, using dry materials, shall be determined and the water to be

added under wet conditions shall be so reduced as to give approximately the same slump.

PREAMBLES

2/8

ITEM

C The concrete shall be mixed as near to the place where it is required as is practicable, and only as much as is

required for a specified section of the work shall be mixed at one time, such section being commenced and

finished in one operation without delay. All concrete must be efficiently handled and used in the works within

twenty (20) minutes of mixing. It shall be discharged from the mixer direct either into receptacles or barrows and

shall be distributed by approved means which do not cause separation or otherwise impair the quality of the

concrete. Approved mechanical means of handling will be encouraged, but the use of chutes for placing concrete

is subject to the prior approval of the Engineer.

D For a fibre reinforced concrete, fibre shall be “fibre mesh fibbers” as provided by “Somers Engineering Ltd” at a

dosage of 0.9 kg/m3 or equal and approved.

E Concrete shall be placed from a height not exceeding 1,500 mm directly into its permanent position and shall not

be worked along the shutters to that position. Unless otherwise approved, concrete shall be placed in a single

operation to the full thickness of slabs, beams and similar members, and shall be placed in horizontal layers not

exceeding 1,500 mm deep in walls and similar members.

F Where the height of the column exceeds 4 metres suitable openings must be left in the shutters so that this

maximum lift is not exceeded.

G Concrete shall be placed continuously until completion of the part of the work between construction joints as

specified hereinafter or of a part of approved extent. At the completion of a specified or approved part a

construction joint of the form and in the positions hereinafter specified shall be made. If stopping of concreting

be unavoidable elsewhere, a construction joint shall be made where the work is stopped. A record of all such

joints must be made by the contractor and a copy supplied to the engineer.

H Any accumulation of set concrete in the reinforcement shall be removed by wire brushing before further concrete

is placed.

J The contractor shall provide runways for concreting to the satisfaction of the engineer. Under no circumstances

will the runways be allowed to rest on the reinforcement.

K Care shall be taken that the concrete is not disturbed or subjected to vibrations and shocks during the setting

period.

L Mixing machines, platforms and barrows shall be clean before commencing mixing and be cleaned on every

cessation of work.

M Where concrete is laid on hardcore or other absorbent materials, the base shall be suitable and sufficiently wetted

before the concrete is deposited.

Compaction

N At all times during which concrete is being placed the contractor shall provide adequately trained and

experienced labour to ensure that the concrete is compacted in the forms to the satisfaction of the engineer.

O Concrete shall not be placed at a rate greater than will permit satisfactory compaction not to a depth greater than

400 mm before it is compacted.

P During and immediately after placing, the concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by means of continuous

tamping, spading, slicing and vibrating. Vibration is required for concrete classes 40, 35, 30 and 25.

PREAMBLES

2/9

ITEM

Compaction (Contd)

A Care shall be taken to fill every part of the forms, to work the concrete under and around the reinforcement

without displacing it and avoid disturbing recently placed concrete which has began to set.

B Any water accumulating on the surface of newly placed concrete shall be removed and no further concrete shall

be placed thereof until such water is removed.

C Internal vibrators shall be of a frequency of not less than 7,000 cycles per minute and shall have a rotating

eccentric weight of at least 0.50kg., with an eccentricity of not more than 12mm. such vibrators shall visibly

affect the concrete within a radius of 250mm from the vibrator.

D Internal vibrators shall not be inserted between layers of reinforcement less than one and one half times the

diameter of the vibrators apart. Contact between vibrators and reinforcement and vibrators and formwork shall

be avoided.

E Internal vibrators shall be inserted vertically into the concrete wherever possible at not more than 500mm and

shall constantly be moved from place to place. No internal vibrator shall be permitted to remain in any one

position for more than ten seconds and it shall be withdrawn very slowly from the concrete.

F In consolidating each layer of concrete the vibrating head shall be allowed to penetrate and re-vibrate the

concrete in the upper portion of the underlying layer. In the area where newly placed concrete in each layer joins

previously placed concrete more than usual vibration shall be performed, the vibrator penetrating deeply at close

intervals along these contacts. Layers of concrete shall not be placed until layers previously placed have been

vibrated thoroughly as specified.

G Vibrators shall not be used to move concrete from place to place in the formwork.

H At least one internal vibrator shall be operated for every 1.5 cubic metres of concrete placed per hour and at least

one spare vibrator shall be maintained on site in case of break-down during concreting operations.

J External form work vibrators shall be of the high frequency low amplitude type applied with the principle

direction of vibration in the horizontal plane. They shall be attached directly to the forms at not more than

1,200mm centres.

Chemical hardener and Dust proofing

K After doing a power floated finish on the ground floor slab, a chemical hardening and dust proofing compound

will be applied. The chemical hardener will be applied in three coats 14 days after casting; second coat will be

applied as soon as the first coat has dried. Dust proof chemical compound shall be “Nitoflor Lithurin” as

manufactured by “a.b.e Construction Chemicals Ltd.” or equal and approved.

Construction joint

L Construction joints shall be permitted only at the positions pre-determined on the drawings or as instructed on

the site by the engineer. In general they shall be perpendicular to the lines of principal stress and shall be located

at points of minimum shear, viz, vertically at, or near, mid –spans of slabs, ribs and beams.

M Under no circumstances shall concrete be allowed to tail-of, but it shall be deposited against s topping –off

boards.

PREAMBLES

2/10

ITEM

Construction joint (Contd)

A Before placing new concrete against concrete already hardened, the face of the old concrete shall be thoroughly

hacked, roughened and cleaned, and laitance and loose material removed there from, and immediately before

placing the new concrete the surface shall be saturated with water and covered with a coat of mortar at least

25mm in thickness composed of cement and fine aggregate in the proportions used in the concrete.

Expansion and contraction joints

B Expansion and contraction joints shall be formed in the positions and in accordance with the details shown on

the drawings or elsewhere in the specifications. Expansion joint filler shall be “Flexcell” as manufactured by

“Expandite Ltd or equal and approved.

Curing and protection

C Care must be taken that no concrete is allowed to become prematurely dry and the fresh concrete must be

carefully protected within two hours of placing from the rain, sun and wind by means of hessian sacking,

polythene sheeting, or other approved means. This protective layer and the concrete itself must be kept

continuously wet for at least seven days after the concrete has been placed. The contractor will be required to

provide complete coverage of all fresh concrete for a period of 7 days. Hessian or polythene sheeting shall be in

the maximum widths obtainable and shall be secured against wind. The contractor will not be permitted to use

old cement bags, Hessian or other material in small pieces.

D Concrete in foundations and other underground work shall be protected from admixture with falling earth during

and after placing.

E Traffic or loading must not be allowed on the concrete until the concrete is sufficiently matured, and in no case

shall traffic or loading be of such magnitude as to cause deflection or other movement in the formwork or

damage to the concrete members. Where directed by the engineer props may be required to be left in position

under slabs and other members for greater periods than those specified.

Faulty concrete

F Any concrete which fails to comply with these preambles, or which shows signs of setting before it is placed

shall be taken out and removed from the site. Where concrete is found to be defective after it has set, the

concrete shall be cut out and replaced in accordance with the engineer’s instructions. On no account shall any

faulty, honeycombed, or otherwise defective concrete be repaired or patched until the engineer has made an

inspection and issued instructions for the repair. The whole of the cost whatsoever, which may be occasioned by

the need to remove faulty concrete, shall be borne by the contractor.

Rod reinforcement

G The steel reinforcement shall comply with the latest requirements of the following British standards or

equivalent Kenyan standard, KS 573:2005

Hot rolled bars for the reinforcement of concrete to B.S 4449

K The contractor will be required to submit test certificate of the rollings. Reinforcement shall be stored on racks

above ground level. All reinforcements shall be free from loose scale or rust, grease, paint or other substances

likely to reduce the bond between the steel and concrete.

PREAMBLES

2/11

ITEM

Fabric reinforcement

A To be electrically cross-welded steel wire mesh reinforcement to B.S 4483 and of the size and weight specified.

Fixing rod reinforcement

B Reinforcement shall be accurately bent to the shapes and dimensions shown on the drawings and schedules and

in accordance with B.S 4466. Reinforcement must be cut and bent cold and no welded joints will be permitted

unless so detailed.

C Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in position as shown on the drawings and before and during concreting,

shall be secured against displacement by using No. 18 S.W.G annealed binding wire or suitable clips at

intersections, and shall be supported by concrete or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers to ensure the correct

position and cover.

D No concreting shall be commenced until the Engineer has inspected the reinforcement in position and until his

approval has been obtained and the contractor shall give two clear days notice of his intention to concrete.

E The contractor is responsible for maintaining the reinforcement in its correct position according to the drawings,

before and during concreting. During concreting a competent steel fixer must be in attendance to adjust and

correct the position of any reinforcement which may be displaced. The vibrators are not to come into contact

with the reinforcement.

Position and correctness of reinforcement

F Irrespective of whether any inspection and/or approval of the fixing of the reinforcement has been carried out as

above, it shall be the contractor’s sole responsibility to ensure that the reinforcement complies with the details on

the drawings or schedules and is fixed exactly in the positions shown therein and in the positions to give the

prescribed cover. The contractor will be held entirely responsible for any failure or defect in any portion of the

reinforced concrete structure and including any consequent delay, claims, third party claims, etc, where it is

shown that the reinforcement has been incorrectly positioned or is incorrect in size or quantity with respect to the

detailed drawings or schedules.

Formwork

G The method and system of formwork which the Contractor proposes to use shall be approved by the Engineer

before construction commences. Formwork shall be substantially and rigidly constructed of timber or steel or

precast concrete or other approved material.

H All timber for formwork shall be good, sound, clean, sawn well-seasoned timber, free from warps and loose

knots and of scantlings sufficiently strong for their purpose.

PREAMBLES

2/12

ITEM

Construction of Formwork

A All formwork shall be of sufficient thickness and with joints close enough to prevent undue leakage of liquid

from the concrete and fixed to proper alignment, level and plumb and supported on sufficiently strong bearers,

shores, braces, plates, etc., properly held together by bolts or other fastenings to prevent displacement, vibration

or movement by the weight of materials, men and plant on same and so wedged and clamped as to permit of

easing and removal of the formwork without jarring the concrete. Where formwork is supported on previously

constructed portions of the reinforced concrete structural frame, the Contractor shall by consultation with the

Engineer ensure that the supporting concrete structure is capable of carrying the load and/or sufficiently propped

from lower floors or portions of the frame to permit the load to be temporarily carried during construction.

B Soffits shall be erected with an upward camber of 5 mm for each 5 metres of horizontal span or as directed by

the Engineer.

C Great care shall be taken to make and maintain all joints in the formwork as tight as possible to prevent the

leakage of grout during vibration. All faulty joints shall be caulked to the Engineer's approval before concreting.

D The formwork shall be sufficiently rigid to ensure that no distortion or bulging occurs under the effects of

vibration. If at any time the formwork is insufficiently rigid or in any way defective the Contractor shall

strengthen or improve such formwork as the Engineer may direct.

E The Contractor's attention is drawn to the various surface textures and applied finishes required. The faces of

formwork next to the concrete must be of such material and construction; it should be sufficiently true to provide

a concrete surface which will in each particular case permit the specified surface treatment or applied finish.

F All surfaces which will be in contact with concrete shall be oiled or greased to prevent adhesion of mortar. Oil

or grease shall be of a non- staining mineral type applied as a thin film before the reinforcement is placed.

Surplus moisture shall be removed from the forms prior to placing of the concrete.

G Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of columns, wall and beam forms and at any other points

where necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection immediately before the pouring of concrete. Before the

concrete is placed the shuttering shall be trued-up and any water accumulated therein shall be removed. All

sawdust, chips, nails and other debris shall be washed out or otherwise removed from within the formwork. The

reinforcement shall then be inspected for accuracy of fixing. Immediately before placing the concrete the

formwork shall be well wetted and inspection openings shall be closed. The erection, easing, striking and

removing of all formwork must be done under the personal supervision of a competent foreman, and any damage

occurring through faulty formwork or its incorrect removal shall be made good by the Contractor at his own

expense.

H After removal of formwork, all projections, fins, etc., on the concrete surface shall be chipped off, and made

good to the requirements of the Engineer. Any voids or honeycombing shall be treated as described in "Faulty

Concrete".

PREAMBLES

2/13

ITEM

Stripping Formwork

A All formwork shall be removed without undue vibration or shock and without damage to the concrete. No

formwork shall be removed without the prior consent of the Engineer and the minimum periods that shall elapse

between the placing of the concrete and the striking of the formwork will be as follows:-

B Beam sides, wall and columns (unloaded) 2 days

Slabs 14 days

Beams 14 days

Cantilevered beams and slabs 28 days

C he above times may be reduced in certain circumstances, at the discretion of the Engineer, provided an approved

method is adopted at the Contractor's expense to ensure that the required concrete strength is attained before the

forms are stripped.

D Solid strips in composite slabs shall be considered as beams. The tops of retaining walls shall be adequately

supported with stout raking props at intervals required by the Engineer. These props are not to be removed until

7 days after casting of the floor slab over.

Supporting Props to Wall and Beam Soffits

E Where directed by the Engineer supporting props to wall and beam soffits are to be left in position until

completion of the whole of the reinforced concrete structure.

F The props are to be to the approval of the Engineer and the Contractor must submit the suggested method of

propping to the Engineer prior to removal of formwork to the relevant surfaces

Concreting the next lift

G When concreting the next lift, cast a kicker of 75mm. Before casting the kicker, hack the element below it to

expose the concrete, clean thoroughly, put cement slurry before casting the kicker with concrete class higher

than the specified element. Ram the concrete to ensure achiCONCRETE WORK

H NOTE: Materials and workmanship clauses which follow in the specification embody the recommendations of

CP 114 (1957) for the structural use of Reinforced concrete in building, unless otherwise specifically

stated.

PREAMBLES

2/14

ITEM

WALLING

Setting out walling

A The Contractor shall provide proper setting out rods and set out all work on same for causes, openings, heights,

etc., and shall build the walls and piers, etc., to the widths, depths and heights indicated on the drawings and as

directed and approved by the Architect.

Cement

B Cement shall be as described in concrete work.

Fine Aggregate

C Fine aggregate for concrete blocks shall be as described for fine aggregate in concrete work

Coarse Aggregate

D Coarse aggregate for concrete blocks shall be good, hard, clean aggregate from approved quarries. It shall be

free from all decomposed materials and shall be graded up to 10 mm and all as described for coarse aggregate in

concrete work.

Concrete Blocks

E Concrete blocks for walling shall be provided by the Contractor complying with B.S 2028 Type A, and made in

approved block making machines of a composition as follows:-

Portland cement 1 cubic metre

Coarse aggregate (graded up to 10 mm) 6 cubic metre

F Blocks shall be solid or hollow two hole type as specified and are to be made under sheds erected by the

Contractor to the directions and approval of the Architect. In hollow blocks, the volume of the cavities shall be

not less than 45% and not more than 50% of the gross volume, and the dimensions of the cavities arranged so

that each cavity is vertically continuous when the blocks are bonded. Samples shall be approved by the

Architect before any walling work is commenced.

G The comprehensive strength Type A blocks shall be not less than:-

Average of 13 hollow blocks 5.75 N/mm gross area

Lowest individual hollow block 4.0 N/mm gross area

PREAMBLES

2/15

ITEM

WALLING (contd)

Concrete Blocks (contd)

A The Concrete is to be put into the machine’s moulds in thin layers and all properly tamped therein. On removal

from the machines, the blocks are to be carefully deposited on racks under sheds erected by the contractor to the

direction and approval of the Architect and then left for three days and kept thoroughly wet the whole time, after

which they shall be put out in the open or racks and protected with the approval matting, sacking or straw and

kept wet for a further seven days, then kept in the same position and under the same mat cover, but without

wetting for a further two days and then left in the open without matting or wetting for a further seven days to

season. All blocks must be left with good sharp edges. The blocks for use in the Works shall be 190 mm high

and may vary in length from 300 mm to 400 mm and no variation above or below these lengths will be allowed

except where required to form proper bonding at corners, round openings, sills, lintels, beams etc., and the like

positions and the Contractor must make or cut blocks to all the varying sizes required for these purposes and

include this in his price.

Bonding Walling

B The blocks shall be properly bonded together in such manner that no vertical joint in any one course shall be

within 100 mm of a similar joint in the course immediately above or below. Sufficient through bonders shall be

provided as directed by the Architect. Alternate courses of walling at all angles and intersections shall be carried

through the full thickens of the adjoining walls. All walling shall be built up entirely solid in blocks, without

voids, allowance being made for joints 10 mm thick only. All pretends reveals and other angles of the walling

shall be built strictly true and square.

Wall reinforcement

C Where so specified hollow block walls shall be reinforced vertically with 10 mm diameter mild steel bars built

into the cavities of the blocks at 400 mm centre, unless otherwise specified. All bars in walls to have a minimum

lap of 350 mm.

D Prices for walling described as reinforced must include for all extra cost involved in slotting blocks over the

vertical reinforcement.

Filling of Hollow Blockwork

E All cavities where specified and shown above ground and all cavities below ground level shall be filled in with

solid concrete of the mix described and placed and consolidated in sections not exceeding 1190 mm in height

F In reinforced walls the filling shall be carefully compacted around reinforcement.

Blocks to be wetted

G All concrete blocks and stone walling shall be well wetted before being laid and the top of walling where left off

shall be wetted before re-commencing building. Walls to be kept wet three days after building

Mortar

H Mortar to be used for all walling work shall be composed of 1 part of Portland cement to one part lime to six

parts of fine aggregate measured by volume in specially prepared gauge boxes and thoroughly mixed dry on

clean and watertight mixing platforms, with water added afterwards from a can with a fine rose until all parts are

completely incorporated and brought to a proper consistency and then used within 30 minutes of mixing.

PREAMBLES

2/16

ITEM

WALLING (CONTD)

A No partially or wholly set mortar will be allowed to be used or re-mixed

Fair Face Walling

B Where walling is to be finished with a fair face, the concrete blocks are to be selected for freedom from defects

and the joints raked out as the Works proceed and flush pointed with a neat joint in cement mortar.

Joints for Walling

C The blocks shall be bedded and jointed in cement mortar as described with beds and joints 10 mm thick, fully

flushed up and grouted solid as the work proceeds. Joints shall be raked out where the surface of walling are to

be plastered.

D All walling shall be properly protected while mortar is setting as the Architect shall direct.

Building Walling

E All walls throughout the Works shall be carried up evenly in 200 mm courses, no part being allowed to be

carried up more than 800 mm higher at one time than any other part and in such cases the jointing shall be made

in long steps so as to prevent cracks arising and all walls shall be levelled around at each other.

Putlog Holes

F Putlog holes shall be carefully, properly and completely filled up on completion of walling work.

Rough cutting, etc

G The Contractor shall allow in his prices for the walling which is measured net herein, for all ordinary rough

cutting, bonding, plumbing angles, forming reveals and fitting up to underside of concrete beams, slabs and

lintels etc.

Stone Pitching

H The ground to receive pitching shall be well compacted and the stones, which shall be flat bedded and not less

than 230 mm either way along the bearing surface, shall be punned to the required falls and inclinations so that

neither wedges or spalls are required to keep the pitching rigidly in place. The joints shall be no more than 13

mm thick and shall be solidly filled with 1:3 cement mortar.

J Stone for pitching shall be obtained from approved quarries. It shall be hard, sound, durable and clean,

Stone for walling

K Stone for walling shall be from an approved quarry, roughly square having a characteristic strength of not less

than 10.00 N/mm2 built random and uncoursed in mortar as described. The stone shall be well bonded with a

minimum of one good bond or through stone evenly spaced to each square metre. All cavities and joints in

stonework are to be filled in and flushed up solid with mortar.

L Jointing and pointing is as detailed or instructed.

PREAMBLES

2/17

ITEM

WALLING (contd)

Precast Screen and pointing is Lourvre Block Walling

F Precast concrete screen blocks shall be manufactured in concrete of 30.0 N/mm strength using 10 mm aggregate,

the blocks shall be 390 and 190 mm long x 190 mm high and 150 mm bed in accordance with detail drawing and

finished fair on all surface and bedded, jointed and pointed in cement mortar with a neat flush joint.

G Precast concrete louver block shall be similar concrete, similarly jointed and pointed and constructed to detail

drawing.

Damp Proof Course

H Damp proof course shall be hessian based bituminous felt to BS 743 type 5A laid on including a levelling screed

of cement and sand and lapped 230 mm at joints.

PREAMBLES

2/18

ITEM

ROOFING

Galvanized corrugated iron sheeting

A Roofing sheets shall be Gauge 28 pre-painted corrugated roofing sheets as manufactured by Galsheet Kenya Ltd

or other equal and approved in accordance with K.S 06-02 part II: 1976 and shall be laid and fixed strictly in

accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions.

B The sheets shall be laid with end laps of 200 mm and half corrugations side laps on the side away from the

prevailing wind.

C The sheets shall be fixed to steel purlins with 14 gauge “J” bolts of the length stated and “sealnuts” or other

approved nuts with bituminous felt washer backed by a cranked diamond shaped aluminium washer.

D Holes shall be drilled through ridges of corrugations not in the hollows.

E Galvanized steel ridging and gutters shall be gauge 28 with 100 mm roll, 230 mm wings and shall be fixed as

described for sheeting.

Storage

F The corrugated sheets and fittings shall be stored under cover and stacked horizontally, clear of the ground on

clean dry timber inclined battens.

Protection

G The Contractor is to case up, cover and adequately protect all roofing work from excessive heat, abrasion,

impact, action of acids, alkalis, oils or solvents and is to deliver up the roof in sound and clean condition.

PREAMBLES

2/19

ITEM

CARPENTRY

Terminology

A All technical terms shall be in accordance with the grading Rules as set out in legal Notice No. 358, The Export

of Timber rules 1964, operative from 1st April, 1965. Softwood grades refer to the Third Schedule and

Hardwood grades to the Second Schedule.

Timber generally

B The timber for carpentry and joinery shall be as specified and obtained from an approved sawmill

C The timber for carpentry shall be Second or Select grade for strength.

D The timber shall be reasonably straight grained.

E All timber for the Works is to be purchased immediately the contract is signed and is to be open stacked for as

long as possible before use of kiln drying.

F All timber as it arrives on the site shall be inspected by the Architect, and any timber brought on to the site and

not approved must be removed forthwith.

G All timber and assembled woodwork shall be protected from the weather and stored in such a way as to prevent

attack by termites, insect or fungi.

Species of Timber for structural work

H The following softwoods shall be used for structural work;

Standard Common Name Botanical Name

Podo Podocarpus

Cypress Cypressus Lusitanica

J Both to be second strength grade P5 or equivalent. Whilst either timber is suitable, intermixing of species will

not be accepted.

K The Contractor is permitted to propose substitute species but these shall not be used without the written approval

of the Architect and no adjustment shall be made to the basic rates for softwood trusses in the event of substitute

species being accepted.

PREAMBLES

2/20

ITEM

CARPENTRY (contd)

Insect Damage

A All timber shall be free from live borer beetle or other insect attack when brought upon the site. The contractor

shall be responsible up to the end of the maintenance period for executing at his own cost all work necessary to

eradicate insect attack of timber which becomes evident, including the replacement of timber attacked or

suspected of being attacked, notwithstanding that the timber concerned may have already been inspected and

passed as fit for use.

Seasoning of timber

B All timber shall be seasoned to a moisture content of not more than 18% for carpentry and 15% for joinery. The

Contractor,s price must include for any kiln drying that may be necessary to achieve these figures.

Pressure impregnation

C The softwood described as pressure impregnated shall be treated with the ‘Celcure A’ or Tanalith C’ full cell

process. Timber must be seasoned to a moisture content not exceeding 25% before being treated. The treatment

shall be to the minimum standard of :-

Solution concentration - 2%

Absorption of preservative - 520 litres per cubic metre

Net dry salt retention - 10.4 Kg per cubic metre

D After treatment, the timber shall be seasoned to the specified moisture content.

E Cut ends and faces of timber sawn, drilled and cut after treatment are to be swabbed liberally with approved

preservatives until saturated, allowed to dry and then treated with a second coat and rates for timber must include

for this. Approved preservatives are Atlas A, Brunophen No. 2, Cuprinol clear or water Repellent clear, Ensele

Woodtreat 55.

Inspection and Testing

F The Architect shall be given facilities for inspection of all works in progress whether in workshops or on site.

All timber as it arrives on the site must be inspected by the Architect and any timber brought on to the site and

not approved by him must be removed forthwith, failing which he may arrange for the removal of the rejects and

dispose of them as he may consider advisable at the Contractor’s expense.

G Notwithstanding approval having been given as above, any timber incorporated in the Works found to in any

way defective before the expiry of the maintenance period shall be removed and renewed at the contractor’s

expense. The contractor is to allow for testing of prototypes of special construction units and the Architect shall

be at liberty to select any samples he may require for the purpose of testing, i.e. for moisture content, or

identification of species, strength etc.

Inspection and Testing

H Where timber need to be extended into a wall, they shall be thoroughly “brush treated” with Ensele in addition to

preservative treatment as already described above, and as much clear air space maintained around the timber

where it adjoins the wall as possible.

PREAMBLES

2/21

ITEM

CARPENTRY (Contd)

Clearing up

A The contractor is to clear out and destroy or remove all cut ends, shavings and other woodwaste from all parts of

the building and the site generally, as the work progresses and at the conclusion of the work.

Workmanship

B All carpentry shall be executed with workmanship of the best quality. Scantlings and boardings shall be

accurately sawn and shall be of uniform width and thickness throughout. All carpenter’s work shall be left with

surfaces except where particularly specified to be wrought.

C All carpentry shall be accurately set out in strict accordance with the drawings.

E All structural timbers shall be framed or jointed together as is appropriate in the circumstances in accordance

with the rules of good practice. Joints must be executed in strict conformity with the drawings.

D All joints shall be secured with a sufficient number of nails disposed as shown on the drawings and rates must

include for the jointing of timber. Surfaces must be in good contact over the whole area of the joint before

securing. Holes for nails must be pre-drilled under-size; holes for bolts must be bored slightly oversize from

both sides of the timber and washers must be used under the nut which must be tightened sufficiently to

permanently secure the joint and not to crash the timber.

E Actual dimensions of scantlings for carpentry shall not vary from the specified dimensions by more than 3 mm

in deficiency or excess but must be uniform throughout. Boards 25 mm thick or less shall hold up to the

specified size. All timbers shall be as long as possible, in order to eliminate joints.

Joints

F All nails, screws, bolts, connectors etc. are to be as specified under “Metalwork” and as shown on the drawings.

PREAMBLES

2/22

ITEM

JOINERY

General

A The provisions contained in the Carpentry section shall apply also to the Joinery section where applicable.

Species of Timber

B The following timber of First or Prime Grade for appearance shall be used for joinery work in conjunction with

the term “hardwood” or approved hardwood”:-

Standard Common Name Botanical Name

Podo (for grounds, etc. only) Podocarpus spp.

African Mahogany Khaya nyasica

Generally

C All joinery work shall be accurately set out on boards to full size for the information and guidance of the artisans

before commencing the respective works, with all joints, iron work and other work connected therewith fully

delineated. Such setting out must be submitted to the Architect and approved before such respective works are

commenced.

D All joinery work shall be cut and framed together as soon after commencement of the building as is practicable,

but not to be wedged up or glued until the building is ready for fixing same. Any portions that warp, wind or

develop shakes or other defects within six months after completion of the works shall be removed and new fixed

in their place together with all other work which may be affected thereby, all at the contractor’s own expense.

E All work shall be properly mortised, tenoned, housed, shouldered, dovetailed, notched, wedged, pinned, bradded

etc., as directed and to the satisfaction of the Architect and all properly glued up with the best quality approved

glue.

F Joints in joinery must be as specified or detailed, and so designed and secured so as to resist or compensate for

any stresses to which they may be subjected. All nails, springs, etc., are to be punched and puttied. Loose joints

are to be made where provision must be made for shrinkage, with glued joints where shrinkage need not be

considered and where sealed joints are required. Glue for load-bearing joints or where conditions may be

damped must be of the resin type. For non-load-bearing joints or where dry conditions may be guaranteed cassin

or organic glues may be used. All exposed surfaces of joinery work shall be wrought and all arises “eased off”

by planning and sand papering to an approved finish suitable to the specified treatment.

Dimensions

G 3 mm Reduction off specified sizes will be allowed for each wrought face except where described as (f) i.e

finished sizes in which cases joinery shall hold up to the full dimensions. Dimensions of 25 mm or less shall

hold up to the specified sizes.

Fixing joinery

H All beads, fillets and small members shall be fixed with round or oval brads or nails well punched in and

stopped. All large members shall be fixed with brass screw, the heads let in and palette to match the grain where

natural finish timber is specified.

PREAMBLES

2/23

ITEM

JOINERY (contd)

Mastic

A Mastic where specified for bedding, joinery, sills, water bars etc., is to be approved non-hardening plastic,

polysulphide synthetic rubber or butyl composition filler or sealer.

Fibre-board

B Fibreboard shall be “Celotex” or equal and approved.

C Plywood shall be from an approved source and comply with BS 1455, first or second grade, quality as required

and unless otherwise stated shall be “interior”quality. Where veneered plywood is specified, samples must be

submitted for prior approval. Where stated to be “exterior” quality, this shall waterproof (Bonding W.B.P)

D Routine tests will be required from time to time to check the quality of manufacture. Plywood used in structural

members shall be bonded with a suitable adhesive.

Chipboard

E Chipboard shall be of an approved density resin bonded wood chipboard equivalent to B.S 3444. Where faced

with plastic sheeting the blockboard shall be counter balanced.

Blockboard

F Blockboard shall be laminated to B.S 3444. Where faced with plastic sheeting, the blockboard shall be counter

balanced.

Flush Doors

G Flush doors shall be from an approved source and manufacturer, be solid core constructed generally in

accordance with B.S 459 finished with 6 mm veneer plywood (to Architects approval) and lipped all round with

hardwood 12 mm thick.

H The thickness stated is the overall finished thickness.

Plastic Sheeting

J Plastic sheeting shall be Formica or equal and approved laminated sheeting 1.5 mm thick fixed with an approved

adhesive. All colours are to be selected by the Architect.

Plugging walls

K All work described as plugged shall be fixed with brass screws to plugs formed by drilling concrete, walls etc.,

with a proper tool of suitable size at 500 mm spacings and filling the holes completely with an approved

proprietary plugging compound used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Protect Joinery

L All fixed joinery which in the opinion of the Architect is liable to become bruised or damaged in any way shall

be completely cased and protected by the contractor until the completion of the works.

PREAMBLES

2/24

ITEM

Bottom Edges

M Bottom edges of doors shall be painted one coat of approved primer before fixing.

Mosquito Screening

J Mosquito screening shall be of an approved aluminium fine wire mesh screening.

Bird Screening

K Bird screening shall be approved galvanized coffee tray wire.

PREAMBLES

2/25

ITEM

IRONMONGERY

A All ironmongery shall be fixed with screws to match. Before the woodwork is painted, handles shall be

removed, carefully oiled and left in perfect working order. Prices for fixing locks must include for organizing

master keying system if required and all keys shall be labelled with door references marked on approved labels

before handing to the Architect on completion.

PREAMBLES

2/26

ITEM

METALWORK

Mild Steel

A Mild steel shall comply with B.S 4360, Grade 1, and the sizes of all small sections shall be in accordance with

BS 4 and 4A.

Galvanized Work

B Iron and steel, where galvanized, shall comply with B.S 729, Part 1, entirely coated with Zinc after fabrication

by complete immersion in a Zinc bath in one operation and all excess carefully removed. The finished surface

shall be clean and uniform.

Aluminium

C Aluminium shall be of the alloys described in and shall comply with BS 1470. Aluminium sheet for flashings

shall be soft-temper, super purity (S1 or S1A) and not less than 20 SWG (0.9 mm) in thickness

Smithying Shearing and Cutting

D All smything, Welding, cutting and bending shall be soundly and neatly executed, care being taken not to

overheat. All frame cut edges shall be neatly ground off on completion.

Bolts

E Mild steel bolts, nuts and washers shall comply with BS 916 for black bolts with hexagonal heads and nuts.

High tensile steel bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with BS 3139, Part II.

Anchor Bolts

F Anchor bolts in concrete for steelwork, etc., are to be self drilling anchor bolts of one of the following types:-

Philips redhead concrete anchors

Raw plug super drilanchor

Spit self-drilling anchors

G Rates are to include for fixing complete with washer. Mortises in concrete have not been measured for this item.

Shop inspection

H The Architect shall be granted full facilities and any necessary assistance for inspection of materials and

assembled parts in the Contractor’s (or his Sub-contractor’s) workshops. At least two weeks notice shall be

given to the Architect in Writing prior to the dispatch of finished components to the site to enable the Architect

to inspect and approve the materials and workmanship at the workshops. Approval of work at the workshop

does not relieve the Contractor of his obligations to carry out the work complete at the site to the Architect’s

satisfaction in accordance with the Contract.

PREAMBLES

2/27

ITEM

METALWORK (contd)

Making

A All components delivered to the site are to be marked in paint with the mark number in accordance with any

shop and erection drawings.

Storage

B All components are to be stored at site on proper racks provided for the purpose which provide full support to

each member and to obviate any deflection and distortion. Steelwork is to be stored at least 25 cm clear off the

ground and temporary protection is to be provided for protection against water and damage any other source.

Erection

C Rates for all metalwork are to include for the complete erection including any temporary supports required and

any necessary templates and wedges.

Painting

D All steel is to be thoroughly de-rusted and de-greased prior to despatch to the site and is to be given one coat zinc

chromate primer at the works. Further painting treatment will be carried out at the site. Painting is measured

separately and the cost thereof is not to be included in the rates for metalwork.

PREAMBLES

2/28

ITEM

PLUMBING AND ENGINEERING INSTALLATION

Execution of the Work

A The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with

(a) ‘British Standard Code of Practice’ CP 310: 1965: Water supply

(b) ‘British Standard Code of Practice’ CP 1968: Sanitary Pipe work above ground

(c) All other relevant British Standard Specifications and codes of Practice

(d) By-Laws of the Local Authority

(e) The Working drawings.

Extent of Work

B The contractor will be responsible for all below ground plumbing and drainage work, the installation of Sanitary

fittings, waste soil and vent pipes and hot and cold water pipes as detailed on the services Engineers Drawings

Quality of Materials and Workmanship

C All materials, equipment and accessories are to be new and in accordance with the requirements of the current

rules and regulations where such exists, or in their absence with the relevant British Standard Specification.

D Uniformity of type and manufacture of equipment or accessories is to be preserved as far as practicable

throughout the whole work.

E The Contractor shall, if required by the Architect, submit samples of materials to the Architect for his approval

before placing an order.

F If in the preambles the practice is adopted of specifying a particular item as “similar” to that of a particular

firm’s product, it is to be clearly understood that this is to indicate the type and quality of the equipment

required. No attempt is being made to give preference to the equipment supplied by the firm whose name or

products is quoted.

G Where particular manufacturers are specified herein, no alternative makes will be considered, and the Architect

shall be allowed to reject any other makes.

H The Contractor will be entirely responsible for all materials, apparatus, equipment etc., furnished by him in

connection with his work, and shall take all special care to protect all parts of finished work from damage until

handed over.

J The work shall be carried out by competent workman under skilled supervision. The Architect shall have the

authority to have any of the work taken down or changed which is executed in unsatisfactory manner.

PREAMBLES

2/29

ITEM

PLUMBING AND ENGINEERING INSTALLATION (contd)

Quality of Materials and Workmanship (contd)

Galvanized Steel Tubes and Fittings

A Galvanized steel tubing shall comply with BS 1387 with plain galvanized malleable fittings complying with B.S

143/1256.

B Tubes and fittings shall be jointed by means of screwed threads to B.S 21, by means of PTFE tape or hemp and

“Boss white”. All joints shall be perfectly smooth inside without excrescences.

C Where sleeves are required for pipe work passing through concrete, blockwork or below concrete slabs, they

shall be galvanized steel tube or drain pipes of sufficient diameter at least 25 mm clearance all round the water

main.

D Galvanized water mains below ground level or below slabs shall be double wrapped in “Denso” tape.

Brass work

E Stop valves shall comply with BS 1010 and shall be with crutch handles or loose keys where so described on the

drawings. Drain-cocks shall comply with BS 2879.

Testing

F Upon completion the whole of the water main shall be tested to a pressure not less than twice the working

pressure for a period of thirty minutes.

G Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses, all water mains and fittings and installation thereof shall comply fully

with the requirements of the Water Supply Authority.

Sanitary and other Appliances

H The appliances shall be fixed in the position shown on the drawings or as described by the Architect.

K The Contractor shall include in his rates for providing all necessary screws, bolts etc., together with all jointing

material required and also for temporarily erecting and securing fittings in the required position of service and

discharge pipes, taking down, storing and fixing after completion of wall finishings permananently fixing and

connecting to service and discharge.

L Care shall be taken at all times and particularly after fixing, to protect appliances from damage.

M Upon completion of the Work, all appliances shall be cleaned of plaster, paint, etc., and carefully examined for

defects.

Fire fighting equipment

N The specified fire fighting equipment shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor in the positions shown on

the drawings.

PREAMBLES

2/30

ITEM

PLUMBING AND ENGINEERING INSTALLATION (contd)

Fire fighting equipment (Contd)

A The specified fire fighting equipment shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor in the positions shown on

the drawings.

B Portable fire extinguishers shall comply with the following British Standards:-

(a) Water type (Soda acid): BS 138: 1948

(b) Foam type (Chemicals): BS 740: Part 1 : 1948

(c) Foam type (gas pressure): BS 740: Part 2 1952

(d) Water type (gas pressure): BS 1382: 1948

(f) Carbon tetrachloride and

Chlorobromethane; BS 1721:1960

(g) Dry powder type: BS 3465 : 1962

(h) Water type

(stored pressured): BS 3709: 1964

C Fire hose couplings and ancillary equipment shall comply with BS 336:1965 rubber reel hose shall comply with

BS 3169: 1965.

D Underground fire hydrants and surface box openings for same shall comply with BS 750:1964

E The installation hydrants and fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with CP 402:101: 1952 and CP 402: Part

3: 1964 respectively.

F If nothing else is specified, fire extinguishers and hose reels shall be supplied in the colour ‘fire red’ and be

similar to manufacture ‘ANGUS’.

PREAMBLES

2/31

ITEM

FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHINGS

Sand

A Sand for backings, floor and wall finishes is to comply with B.S 1199 Table 1.

Cement

B Cement is to be as described for “Concrete Work”

Lime

C Lime is to be non hydraulic hydrated lime to BS 890 Class ‘A’ obtained from an approved source and run into

putty at least 24 hours before use.

Workmanship

D All concrete beds or slabs shall be thoroughly brushed clean, hacked if necessary and well wetted and flushed

over with a cement and sand (1:1) grout immediately before screeds or pavings are laid.

E Screeds and cement pavings shall be laid in accordance with the relevant BS Code of Practice. Working joints

between hays of the floor finish should be placed in accordance with the Architect’s instructions and will be

plain butt joints placed over joints in the concrete bed under. Paving shall be damp cured with sand or sawdust

and kept damp for at least 7 days after laying.

F All surfaces to be plastered or rendered must be brushed clean and well wetted before plastered is applied. Joints

of walling shall be raked out and concrete hacked to form a key. Care shall be taken to see that paving and

plastering do not dry out prematurely.

G Adequate time intervals must be left between successive coats in two-coats work order that the drying shrinkage

of the undercoat may be substantially complete. All internal and external angles shall be pencil rounded.

In-situ Pavings Generally

H Before laying in-situ floor finishes, the concrete beds are to be thoroughly hacked for key, cleaned off,

thoroughly wetted with clean water and coated with a stiff cement slurry and rates for screed, granolithic and

terrazzo paving are to include for this. They are also to include for all necessary curing and protecting until the

building is handed over.

Cement and Sand Paving

J The cement and sand paving shall be in the proportions of 1:4 by volume and incorporating or treated with an

approved hardener.

PREAMBLES

2/32

ITEM

FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHINGS (contd)

Polished Granolithic Paving

A The aggregate for granolithic paving shall be in accordance with B.S 1201 and shall be mixed in the proportions

of 1:1:1 ½ cement, fine and course aggregate respectively. The mix shall incorporate and approved hardener

suitable for incorporation and not for surface treatment. The water cement ration shall be kept as low as possible

and shall not in any case exceed 0.45. the paving is to be laid to the full thickness described and to be finished

with a wood float and with no extra cement trowelled into the surface which is to be laid true and level. The

paving is to be thoroughly cured after laying by covering with polythene sheeting and periodically watered to

keep it moist for at least one week after laying. The surface is to be polished with approved rotary carborundum

discs mechanically operated coarse and fine grain and with cement and sand slurry to produce a blemish free

surface.

B The granolithic shall be laid in bays not exceeding 3.50 square metres with ebonite dividing strips for the full

depth of the paving and shall executed by specialist who have a thorough knowledge of the work.

Polished Terrazzo Paving

C The in-situ terrazzo shall consist of white or coloured and marble aggregate; the colours of the cement and

aggregate shall be selected by the Architect. The mix shall comprise three parts of 6 mm nominal aggregate to

one part coloured cement by volume. The aggregate shall be clean and granular and shall not contain flaky

particles of dust. The underbed shall be cement and sand 1:4 by volume.

D The terrazzo shall be laid in bays not exceeding 3.50 square metres with ebonite dividing strips for the full depth

of the terrazzo and underbed and shall be executed by specialists who have a thorough knowledge of the work.

E The terrazzo topping shall be laid to a minimum of 12 mm thickness in a plastic condition while the underbed is

steel green and this should be watered to minimize absorption from the topping. The terrazzo must be well

tamped into position and rolled with a suitable hand roller. The topping should be allowed to take an initial set

and then any surface voids must be grouted up with neat cement of the same colour used in the mix. The surface

should cured by keeping moist by covering with damp sacking for at least 72 hours. When dry and hard, the

surface shall be machine polished by grinding with carborundum or other stone discs of suitable grade and with

rotary polishing pads.

F Rates must include for all necessary protection until the building is handed over to the Architect. The depths

stated are for the full depths including topping and underbed.

PVC Flooring and Skirting

G PVC floor tiles shall comply with BS 3260. The tiles and accessories shall be supplied in the sizes and thickness

specified in colours selected by the Architect and are to be fixed to the screed base with a suitable adhesive

supplied (or recommended) by the manufacturer and used in accordance with his instructions. Rates for floor

tiles shall include for thoroughly washing and cleaning on completion and for the application of one coat of

water based wax polish.

PREAMBLES

2/33

ITEM

FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHINGS (contd)

Brushed Terrazzo Rendering

A Brushed Terrazzo rendering is to comprise two coats as described. The undercoat shall consist of cement and

sand mixed in the proportion of (1:4) by volume and applied to a minimum thickness of 10 mm finished with a

wood float and scratched to provided key for top coat, the finishing coat shall consist of one part white cement to

two parts marble chippings of approved size applied to a minimum thickness of 10 mm and the final surface wet

brushed to expose the aggregate.

B The Contractor will be required to produce a sample panel of rendering on site for the approval of the Architect.

Internal Plaster

C Internal plaster shall be applied in two coats and adequate time intervals must be allowed between successive

coats in order that the drying shrinkage of the undercoats may be substantially complete. The first coat must be

well scratched, keyed and wetted to receive the finishing coat. The finished coat shall be finished smooth with a

steel float but care must be taken not to overwork the surface in order to minimize the incidence of shrinkage

cracks. All internal and external angles shall be pencil rounded.

D Internal plaster, unless otherwise described, shall be lime plaster of 12 mm minimum overall finished thickness

applied in two coats, the first coat consisting of cement, lime putty and sand mixed in the proportion of 1:2:9.

The finishing coat shall be a skim coat comprising cement and lime putty in the proportion of 1:10.

E Cement plaster is to be employed where specified on the drawings and is to be applied in two coats of

approximately equal thickness to a total of 12 minimum overall finished thickness. The composition of both

coats shall be same and shall comprise cement and sand (1:3) but a small percentage addition (not more than

10%) lime putty may be permitted if the Architect considers that this will reduce the incidence of shrinkage

cracks.

F The Contractor shall cut out and make good all cracks, blisters and other defects and leave the whole of the

plastering and rendering perfect at completion. When making good defects the plaster shall be cut out to a

rectangular shape with edges undercut to form dovetailed key, and all finished flush with the face of surrounding

plaster.

Ceramic Floor Tiles

G Ceramic floor tiles shall be from an approved Manufacturer and shall conform with the requirements of BS

1281. Tiles shall be well soaked in water, laid with straight joints on and including cement and sand screed (1:3)

screeded backing; pointed in white cement and cleaned down on completion, all to approval.

Rates for tiles include for all special fittings and cutting at angles and intersections

PREAMBLES

2/34

ITEM

FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING FINISHINGS (contd)

Wall Tiles

A Glazed wall tiles shall be from an approved manufacturer and shall conform with the requirements of BS 1281.

Tiles shall be white with slightly rounded or “Cushion” edges and unless otherwise specifically described shall

be size 150 x 150 mm x 6 mm thick. Tiles shall be laid with continuous straight joints and internal angles shall

be butt jointed. Rounded on edge tiles shall be used at all external angles and at edges of panels. Tiles shall be

bedded in approved tile adhesive and pointed in white cement.

B Baking to tiles is to be cement and sand in the proportion of 1:4 rendering in one coat to a minimum thickness of

12 mm trowelled smooth. Backings have been measured separately.

Concrete Tiles

C Concrete tiles for finishing the roofs shall be 25 mm thick of natural colour with bevelled top raised on all sides

and shall comply with BS 1197. The tiles shall be laid to regular pattern with open joints. Care shall be taken to

ensure that the surface level is even and follows accurately the levels of the roof finish. All cement stains shall

be carefully removed.

Precast Concrete Paving Slabs and Kerbs

D Precast concrete paving slabs shall comply with BS 368. Precast concrete kerbs shall comply with BS 340 figure

5 and all shall be finished true and smooth on all exposed faces.

D Precast pavings shall be bedded on a compacted sand bed with 6 mm wide joints filled and pointed with cement

mortar coloured to match the colour of the slabs. The pavings shall be finished true and even and to the falls

shown with no surface irregularities.

Tyrolean Finish

E Tyrolean render shall be composed of trowelled backing coat in cement sand 1:4 gauged with 10% lime to a

thickness of 10 mm. The finishing coat shall be cement sand mortar (1:4) applied with an approved machine to a

thickness of between sand 10 mm to provide an even and uniform texture.

PREAMBLES

2/35

ITEM

GLAZING

Glass

A Glass generally shall comply with the requirements of BS 1952 and shall be free from bubbles, specks, waves,

flows or any other defects.

B Clear sheet glass shall be 24 or 32 oz (3 or 4 mm nominal thickness) flat drawn sheet of ordinary glazing quality.

C Glass for louver blades shall be clear sheet flat drawn or rough cast obscured rolled glass 3/16” (5 mm) thickness

with all exposed edges ground and polished.

D Glass for mirrors shall be ¼’’ (6 mm) clear plate glass, silvering quality.

Putty

E The putty shall be hard setting tropical putty to BS 544 except where otherwise specified.

Workmanship

F All glass is to be accurately cut to fit into rebates with a tolerance of 2 mm all round. It is to be well puttied at

the back and to be sprigged with non-ferrous pins. The putty is to be neatly trimmed and cleaned off and care

must be taken that it does not show beyond the sight lines of the sashes. All rebates must be treated with one

coat of lacquer prior to glazing.

Cleaning and Protection

G The Contractor must allow in his rates for the protection of all work in this section and for replacing any cracked,

scratched, broken or defective glass prior to handing over. He must also allow for cleaning all the windows

inside and out and other glass on completion with an approved window cleaner and wash leather and for removal

of all paint splashes.

PREAMBLES

2/36

ITEM

PAINTING

Generally

A The Contractor shall so arrange his programme of work that all other trades are completed and away from the

area to be painted when painting begins. Before painting the Contractor shall remove all concrete and mortar

droppings and the like from all work to be decorated and remove all stains there from and obtain uniform colour

to work to be oiled and polished.

B All plaster, metal wood and other surfaces which are to receive finishes of paint, stain, distemper or paintwork of

any description are to be carefully inspected by the Contractor before allowing any of his painters to commence

work.

C The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all defective work commenced as a result of his painter’s failure to

insist on receiving from other trades surfaces in the proper condition to allow first class finishes of the various

kinds specified being applied to the them.

Materials

D All materials shall be the best of their respective kinds of an approved propriety brand. Materials to be applied

externally shall be of exterior quality and/or recommended by the manufacturers for external use.

Approved paints

E All paints shall be obtained from the same manufacturer, and shall be one of the approved paints listed in the

following schedule. Or any other approved by the Architect. Under no circumstances, no paint materials banned

in the United States will be used and approved by the Architect of record or Engineer of record

Enamel Paints

Name Manufacturer

Super Gloss Enamel Crown paints (K) Ltd.

F Plastic Emulsion Paints

Name Manufacturer

Eggshell Emulsion Crown paints (K) Ltd.

G Varnishes

All the above to be used in conjunction with the manufacturer’s approved undercoats.

PREAMBLES

2/37

ITEM

PAINTING (contd0

Generally (contd)

A The Contractor must allow for providing the Architect with colour charts from an approved firm and for

executing sample panels as required.

B All materials shall be delivered on site intact in the original drums or tins and shall be mixed and applied strictly

in accordance with manufacturers instruction and to the approval of the Architect.

C The only addition which will be allowed to be made locally will be liquid thinners and driers supplied or

recommended by the manufacturers and none shall be thinned more than approval of the Architect.

Workmanship

D All painting and decorating shall be carried out by skilled tradesman and finished to the approval of the

Architect.

E All paints, Emulsion paint, distemper shall be applied by means of a brush or spray gun or rollers of approved

types where so agreed by the Architect.

F No painting is to be done in wet weather or on surfaces which are not thoroughly dry.

G The priming undercoats and finishing coats shall each be of differing tints and the priming and undercoat shall

be the correct brands and tints to suit the respective finishing coats, in accordance with the manufacturer’s

instructions. Each coat shall be properly dry and in the case of oil or enamel paints, shall be well rubbed down

with fine sand paper before the next coat is applied. The paintworks shall be finished smooth and free from

brush marks.

Wood Preservative

H All woodwork in contact with walling or plaster shall be treated with one coat of approved wood preservative

after cutting and preparation but before assembly or fixing. The solution is to be brushed on all faces of all

timbers unless exposed to view and painted.

Varnish

J Varnish shall be “Ron seal” or other equal and approved brand of furniture polish. Wood surface to receive

varnish shall be clean, smooth, and free from oil or grease or any other blemishes. A minimum of three coats

shall be applied to approval of the Architect.

PREAMBLES

2/38

ITEM

PAINTING (Contd

Generally (contd)

Preparation and Priming of Plaster etc., Surfaces

C Plaster surfaces shall be perfectly smooth, free from the defects and ready to receive decoration. All such

surfaces shall be allowed to dry for a minimum of six weeks, stopped with approved plaster compound, stopped

and rubbed down flush as necessary and thoroughly brushed down and left free from all efflorescence, dirt and

dust immediately prior to decorating.

D Plaster surfaces which are to be finished with emulsion oil or enamel paint, shall be primed with an alkali

resisting primer complying wit the particular paint manufacturer’s specification, and applied in accordance with

their instructions.

E Fibreboard or similar surfaces shall be lightly brushed down to remove all dirt, dust and loose particles and have

all nail holes or other defects stopped with approved stopping compound rubbed down flush and left with a

texture to match surrounding and shall receive one coat petrifying liquid as last.

Preparation and Priming of Metalwork

F All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly brushed down with wire brushes and scrapped where necessary to remove

all scale rust etc. immediately prior to decorating. Where severe rust occurs and if approved by the Architect, a

proprietary de-rusting solution may be sued in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

G Shop primed and unprimed surfaces shall be treated with one coat of metal chromate primer.

Preparation and Priming of Metalwork (contd)

H Galvanized surfaces shall be treated before painting with approved propriety mordant or de-greasing solution

before priming

J Coated surfaces already treated with bituminous solution shall be scrapped to remove soft parts and then receive

two isolating coats of aluminium primer or other approved anti-tar primer.

K All woodwork shall be rubbed down, all knots covered with a thick coat of good shellac knotting or aluminium

knotting; primed with one coat of approved ready-mixed propriety wood primer and all cracks, nail holes,

defects and uneven surfaces etc. stopped and faced up with hard stopping rubbed down flush.

Emulsion Paint

L After preparation as specified above a minimum of THREE coats of internal or external quality as appropriate

shall be applied using a thinning medium only as recommended by the manufacturer. An approved plaster

primer tinted to match may be substituted for the first coat.

Enamel Paint

M Where enamel paint is to be used, two undercoats and one finishing coat are to be applied after preparation and

priming as specified above.

PREAMBLES

2/39

ITEM

PAINTING WORK (Contd)

Generally (contd)

Remove Ironmongery

F All ironmongery, steel windows, louvers before painting is commenced and shall be cleaned and removed if

necessary and refixed after completion of painting.

Cover up and Protect

G Paint splashes, spots and stains shall be removed from floors, woodwork etc., any damage surfaces touched up

and the whole of the work left clean and perfect on completion.

Prices to Include

H Prices of paintwork, distemper etc., shall include for preparation of surfaces, rubbing down between each coat

stopping, knotting etc., and all other work in connection therewith and as described and necessary finish to

approval.

PREAMBLES

2/40

ITEM

DRAINAGE

Generally

Preambles to other sections

A The preambles contained in other sections of this document shall apply equally hereto where applicable, so far as

is consistent with the clauses following.

Notices

B The Contractor shall give all requisite notices. Uncoloured plans will be supplied by the Architect at the

Contractor’s request.

Drainage By-Laws

C All the Works shall comply with the requirements of the drainage by-laws made by the Local Authority and shall

be executed to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Local Authority.

Inspection

D The Contractor shall give written notice to the Architect for the purpose of inspection and measurement,

whenever sections of :-

(a) excavations are completed

(b) concrete beds are laid

(c) drains are completed

and no further work shall be executed until each stage of the work has been inspected.

Levels of Existing Drains

E The contractor shall check the invert levels of existing drains, sewers and manholes before laying new drains,

and shall notify the Architect immediately if the declared invert levels are found to be inaccurate.

Materials

Pitch Impregnated Fibre Drain pipes, Couplings and Fittings

F Pitch impregnated fibre drains, couplings and fittings shall comply with BS 2760

UPVC Pipes and Fittings

UPVC pipes and fittings shall comply with BS 3506 class to be obtained from a manufacturing source approved

by the Architect in writing.

Span Cast Iron Pipes and Cast Iron Fittings, Gullies, etc.

G Spun cast iron drain pipes shall be coated centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes complying with BS 1211 Class B.

H Fittings, Gullies, etc., shall be of coated cast iron and shall comply with BS 1130.

PREAMBLES

2/41

ITEM

DRAINAGE (contd)

Materials (contd)

Concrete pipes and fittings

A Concrete pipes and fittings shall comply with BS 556. They shall be reinforced, and of sulphate resisting cement

if specified.

Manhole Covers and Road Gratings

B Manhole covers and road gratings and frames shall comply with BS 497.

Step Irons

C Step irons shall be galvanized malleable cast iron complying with BS 1247

Mesh Reinforcement

D Mesh reinforcement shall be steel fabric complying with BS 1221 Part A or BS 4483

Workmanship

Setting out

E The contractor shall set out all drains in accordance with the drawings, and provide all profiles, etc., necessary

for the execution of the work.

Excavation

F The bottoms of all excavations shall be trimmed and consolidated to the correct levels. Unauthorized

excavations below the required levels shall be filled with concrete of the same composition as for drain beds, at

the contractor’s expense.

G Where the bottom is insufficiently firm, the contractor shall excavate until, in the Architect’s opinion, a firm

bottom is obtained and the level shall be made up with concrete of the same composition as for drain beds.

Particulars of such traditional work shall be agreed with the Architect’s representative before the work is covered

up, otherwise no claim in this respect will be entertained.

Planking and Strutting

H Care shall be taken not to undermine the foundations of the buildings and if so directed by the Architect,

planking and strutting shall be left in, or other means adopted to protect the foundations. Details of such

additional items shall be agreed with the Architect’s representative before the work is covered up, otherwise no

claim in this respect will be entertained.

PREAMBLES

2/42

ITEM

DRAINAGE (contd)

Workmanship (contd)

Backfilling

A Trenches for pitch impregnated fibre or UPVC pipes shall first be filled with selected screened excavated

material carefully hand-tamped between the pipe and sides of the trench, followed by 150 mm – 200 mm of

similar, material before the general filling is carried out.

B Trenches for concrete or cast iron drains shall first be filled to a depth of 300 mm with selected fine material

carefully hand-packed around the pipe. On no account shall materials be tippen into the trench until the first 300

mm has been complete.

C Filling shall be continued in layers not exceeding 300 mm thick, well rammed and, if necessary, watered.

Laying drains

D Drains shall be laid truly straight on line and gradient with sockets upstream and the full bore shall be

unobstructed.

Pitch Impregnated Fibre Drains

E All hard obstructions shall be removed from trench bottoms before laying pitch impregnated fibre pipes. The

pipes shall be bedded in sand and laid and jointed in accordance with appendix ‘C’ to BS 2760.

UPVC Drains

F UPVC drain pipes shall be laid and jointed with solvent welded joints entirely in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions.

G Pipes shall be bedded in sand after all hard obstructions have been removed from trench bottoms.

Cast Iron Drains

H Cast iron drains shall be laid on concrete beds where specified or shown on the drawings and shall be jointed

with a gasket of hemp, well caulked, to a depth of 30 mm for 100 mm pipes and 40 mm for larger pipes, and

remainder of the socket shall be filled with molten lead or lead fibre solidly caulked.

J Connection of iron to concrete drains shall be jointed as described for concrete drains.

K Cast iron drains fixed to walls or beams shall be supported on brackets at 1350 mm centres.

L Gullies, outlets, etc., or drains under concrete floors shall be set in position at correct levels before the floors are

laid.

Concrete Drains

M Concrete drains shall be jointed with one turn of tarred gaskin, well caulked and the remainder of the socket

filled with cement and sand (1:3), finished with an angle fillet around the pipe. All surplus mortar shall be

removed from the inside of the pipe with a badger. Where pipes are sulphate resisting, the jointing mortar shall

contain sulphate resisting cement.

PREAMBLES

2/43

ITEM

DRAINAGE (contd)

Workmanship (contd)

Concrete Beds, Haunches and coverings

F Where specified or shown on drawings, drains shall be laid on concrete, (Grade D-40 mm aggregate), beds 100

mm thick, 400 mm wide for 100 mm diameter drains and 450 mm wide for 150 mm diameter drains. The

concrete shall be haunched up both sides of the barrel to give lateral support.

G Where drains, other than cast iron drains, are laid under buildings or pavings carrying vehicular traffic, they shall

be completely surrounded in concrete, (Grade D-40 mm aggregate), 150 mm thick (i.e. 400 mm x 400 mm

overall for 100 mm pipes and 450 mm x 450 mm overall for 150 mm pipes). Where directed, drain beds shall be

reinforced.

H Gullies shall be surrounded in concrete Grade D-40 mm aggregate minimum 150 mm thick all round.

Sleeves

J All drains passing through walls foundations shall have sleeves of cast iron pipes of sufficient size to allow a

clearance round the drain.

Benching

L Benching in bottom of manholes shall be concrete (Grade C – 40 mm aggregate) to falls of not less than 10 to

channels finished with cement and sand (1:2), 25 mm thick, trowelled hard and smooth with all angles rounded.

Bedding and Sealing Covers and Frames

L Frames to manhole cover shall be bedded in cement mortar (1:3), and the covers in grease and sand.

Testing

M All drains and manholes shall be tested for water-tightness and straightness to the satisfaction, and in the

presence, of the Architect and Local Authority. Drains shall be filled with water to a head of 1.50 metres and are

to be tested in sections agreed with the Architect.

(i) after jointing

(ii) After haunching and backfilling

(iii) After completion of the works

N The contractor shall provide all necessary testing apparatus and shall carry out such other tests as are required by

the Architect and the Local Authority.

Clean and Flush all Drains

O All drains, gullies, manholes, etc., shall be cored, cleaned and flushed on completion.

PREAMBLES

2/44

ITEM

DRAINAGE (contd)

Workmanship (contd)

Method of Measurement

A Where not otherwise stated, the starting level for trench and manhole excavation shall be:-

(i) The formation level in areas where the site is excavated to reduce levels.

(ii) existing ground level in areas where no excavation is required, or where filling is required.

B The depths of all the trenches in the following description lie within the same 1.50 metre stages as the average

depths stated.

C Prices for excavating pipe trenches shall be deemed to include keeping them free from general water (i.e. all

water except spring or running water).

D Notwithstanding the provisions of SMM Clause V.7 (a) to (c) the descriptions of excavating manholes, yard

gullies, septic tanks and soak pits shall be deemed to include grading bottoms, planking and strutting, return

filling and compacting, disposal of surplus soil and keeping excavation free from water.

E Price for building pipes into manholes shall include for building-in on rake where necessary.

F Prices for concrete beds, benching and coverings for pipes laid in trenches, shall be deemed to include for any

necessary formwork. Formwork required for beds, etc., for pipes above ground, and for casing to vertical pipes,

is referred to in the descriptions of such items.

D Prices for all gullies shall be deemed to include for all necessary excavation, return filling, disposal of surplus

excavated material, planking and strutting, and trimming and ramming bottoms.

PREAMBLES

2/45

ITEM

EXTERNAL PAVINGS

Generally

Preambles to Other Bills

A The preambles contained in other sections of this document shall apply equally to this section so far as is

consistent with the following clauses.

Materials

Soil for Planted Areas

B Soil for planted areas shall be vegetable soil free from roots and rubbish and treated with weed killer to prevent

the growth of weeds.

Sand for filling under footpaths

C Sand for filling under footpaths shall be clean, dry, pit or river sand, free from vegetable soil, roots and rubbish.

Crusher Dust for Sub-base Course of Macadam Paving

D Crusher dust shall be from an approved source and be free from clay or other deleterious matter.

Stone for base course to macadam paving

E Stone for base course to macadam paving shall be 40 mm gauge, clean and hard, and free from clay or other

deleterious matter.

Blinding for Stone Base Course

F Blinding for stone base course shall be 4 mm gauge hard stone chippings, free from clay, dust or other

deleterious matter.

Precast Paving Slabs

G Precast paving slabs shall comply with BS 368 except for sizes.

Kerbs

H Precast concrete kerbs shall comply with BS 340, and shall be finished true and smooth on all exposed faces.

Prime Coat for Macadam Paving

J The prime coat for macadam paving shall be bitumen grade M.C.I

PREAMBLES

2/46

ITEM

EXTERNAL PAVINGS (contd)

Workmanship

Bitumen for surfacing

A The bitumen for surfacing shall be made from 500/700 grade bitumen.

Generally

B The sub-grade, sub-base and base courses for roads and parking areas shall be prepared and laid at a convenient

time before completion of the Contract, as shall be agreed between the Architect and the Contractor, together

with their kerbs and foundations.

C The wearing course shall be applied at a later date, and prior to laying, the base course shall be made good in

accordance with the requirements specified herein. The contractor shall make good at his own expense any

damage to kerbs.

Surveying

D The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and levels prior to the commencement of the work.

E All surveying necessary for the accomplishment of the work shall be done by the contractor at his own expense,

and he shall give notice of his intention to carry out such work in order that arrangements can be made for

supervision and checking. The contractor shall also provide, without extra charge, all necessary instruments,

appliances, labour and any other required for checking the survey work.

F The Contractor shall make all necessary surveys using given bench marks as reference points. These bench

marks he shall carefully preserve.

G The Contractor shall draft, in accordance with these surveys, all plans and drawings which are necessary for the

completion of the work, and shall complete these plans and drawings to the Architect for approval in writing.

Levels, Falls, Cross falls and Cambers

H The works shall be executed to the levels, falls cross falls and cambers shown on the drawings, and shall provide

camber gauges and straight edges for checking to ensure that the surfaces are within the following tolerances:-

J Accuracy (contd)

(a) Sub-grade – The camber or cross fall shall not vary more than 20 mm from that shown on the drawings. In

the longitudinal direction the variations from a three metre straight edge placed parallel to the centre line of

the road shall not exceed 12 mm.

(b) Base – The camber or crossfall shall not vary more than 12 mm from that shown on the drawings. The

Variation on the longitudinal section shall be as above for sub-grade.

PREAMBLES

2/47

ITEM

EXTERNAL PAVINGS (contd)

Workmanship (contd)

Sub-grade

A The sub-grade shall be shaped to the required falls and cambers and any depressions filled with approved

materials having a minimum C.B.R of 8%. This value shall be obtained at optimum moisture content and

compacted to 100% of the maximum dry density as determined by BS 1377. The contractor shall carry out

standard compacting tests on the sub-grade in accordance with Test No. 10 of BS 1377. Such test shall be taken

at 30 metre intervals. The Standard of compaction required shall be 98% of the maximum dry density as

determined by the Test No. 9 of BS 1377.

B The sub-grade shall be approved by the Architect before any materials to be used in the construction of the

carriageway are deposited or laid.

Sub-base Course

C The sub-base shall consist of a layer of crusher dust finishings to the thickness specified after compaction. The

bed shall be watered as necessary and rolled to produce a smooth and uniform surface with no irregularities.

Base Course

D The base course shall consist of a layer of stone in which the interstices shall be filled by the application of

crusher fines after the stone is in place, to finish to the thickness specified after compaction. The base course

shall not be blinded with crusher fines, but develop, they should be corrected by loosening the material at these

places and adding or removing material and recompaction until the surface is smooth and uniform with no

irregularities.

Application of Bitumen

E The plant used by the contractor for transporting, heating, and spraying bitumen shall be in suitable rubber-tyred

units and shall ensure adequate and uniform heating without the introduction of steam or moisture, and giving

rise to the cooking or burning of the bitumen, and shall be fitted with a thermometer and heating control.

Distributors shall be equipped to provide a constant rate of application per square metre of surface and there

shall be visible speedometer indicating the speed of the vehicle in meter per minute.

F Spray bars shall be capable of spreading the bitumen evenly to the full width of the work. The bitumen shall be

heated to the temperature specified below and sprayed on the clean surface of the base at the rates specified.

G Application temperatures shall be in accordance with those recommended by the manufacturer, or where this

information is not available, they shall be as follows:-

Bitumen Grade Spraying Temperature C

M.C.I 54 – 80

500/700 124 - 149

PREAMBLES

2/48

ITEM

EXTENAL PAVINGS (contd0

Workmanship (contd)

Prime Coat

A Prior to the application of the prime coat, the surface of the base shall be swept clean of dust and foreign

materials to the satisfaction of the Architect. Approximately 30 minutes before applying the bitumen the surface

of the base shall be lightly sprayed with water.

B The prime coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.70 litres per square metre.

Wearing Course

C After application of the priming coat, and where directed and approved by the Architect, the contractor shall lay

bitumen type 500/700 spread at the rate of 3 square metres per 5 litres immediately followed by spreading dry,

clean approved 12 mm chippings at the rate of 130 square metres per cubic metre, rolled six to eight passes of a

six to eight tonne roller. A second and similar surfacing layer shall be laid at the end of the defects liability perio

D Alternatively, where specified, the wearing course shall consist of a premix macadam carpet of 500/700 grade

bitumen and approved quality aggregate graded and mixed together prior to laying in the proportions and by the

methods given in BS 1621 table 4, laid to finish to the thickness shown after compaction. The compaction shall

be achieved with six to eight passes of a six to eighth tonne roller

E No bitumen spraying shall be carried out when the carriageway surface or the aggregate are wet, without the

prior approval, in writing, of the Architect who may allow such work to proceed by the use of an approved

adhesive agent at the Contractor’s expense.

Murram Roads

F Murram roads shall be laid in layers not exceeding 150 mm compacted thickness, to finish compacted to the

thickness shown on the drawings.

G Each layer shall be watered, rolled and compacted as previously described thickness, herein to produce a smooth

dense surface free of all irregularities.

Laying Precast Paving Slabs

H Precast paving slabs shall be bedded on a sand bed compacted to the thickness specified with 6 mm wide joints,

filled and pointed with cement mortar coloured to match the colour of the slabs and recessed 5 mm deep. The

paving shall finish true and even to the falls shown on the drawings with no surface irregularities.

Grassing

J Grassing shall be carried out by a specialist using approved local grass. Prices for grass shall include for

tending, watering, cutting and keeping weed free for a period of twelve months, to produce a dense and healthy

weed free grass carpet.

PREAMBLES

2/50

A

PRICING OF PREAMBLE CLAUSES

If, in the opinion of the tenderer, any Clause in the foregoing Preambles has a

monetary value requiring pricing, then he is required to list all such items below using

the page and item reference and insert the price in the money column, carrying

the total amount to the main summary.

Page Item Reference

KSHS

CARRIED TO MAIN SUMMARY KSHS.

PREAMBLES TO TRADES

2/51

BILL NO. 3

MEASURED WORKS

PROPOSED CLASSROOM & ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FOR MAKINDU

KMTC TO BE BUILT ON PLOT NO. MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

BILL NO. 3

ELEMENT NO. 1

SUBSTRUCTURE

(ALL PROVISIONAL)

EXCAVATIONS

A Excavate oversite average 150 mm deep to remove vegetable soil and

wheel and deposit on site where directed 412 SM

B Ditto foundation trench not exceeding 1.50 metres deep starting from

stripped level 57 CM

C Ditto 1.50 m but not exceeding 3.0 m deep 6 CM

D Ditto column pits not exceeding 1.50 metres deep starting from

stripped level 276 CM

E Ditto 1.50 m but not exceeding 3.0 m deep 64 CM

F Extra over excavation for excavating in rock 20 CM

Disposal of excavated materials

G Return, fill in and ram excavated material around foundations 240 CM

H Load surplus excavated material and remove from site 173 CM

Planking and Strutting

J Allow for upholding sides of excavations Item

Disposal of Water

K Allow for keeping excavation free from all water Item

SELECTED HARDCORE

L 300 mm Thick hardcore filling in layers not exceeding 150 mm thick 326 SM

M 100 mm Thick murram blinding over hardcore 326 SM

Damp Proof Membrane

N Single layer of 1000 gauge polythene sheeting laid on blinded hardcore

with 150 mm side laps to receive concrete 332 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 3

Substructure

3/1//1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Soil sterilization

A Treat surface of hardcore with 'Dieldrin or similar approved anti-termite

solution applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions 326 SM

CONCRETE WORK

Plain concrete (1:4:8) in:-

B 50mm thick under strip foundations 43 SM

C Ditto column bases 189 SM

Reinforced concrete (1:1½:3) in:-

D Bases 88 CM

E Columns 7 CM

F Foundation trench 13 CM

G 150 mm Thick surface bed 332 SM

Supply and fix steel bar reinforcement including bending, hooking,

tying wires, cutting spacers and supporting all in position

H Assorted 11,800 Kgs

Steel fabric mesh reinforcement

J BRC mesh fabric reinforced reference A142 (weighing 2.22 kg/m2) laid

in slab (measured net - no allowance made for laps) 332 SM

Sawn formwork to:-

K Sides of strip foundations 43 SM

L Sides of column bases 149 SM

M Vertical sides of column 85 SM

N Edge of slab 75 - 150 mm high 95 LM

MASONRY

Quarry stone walling in cement mortar (1:3) as described in:-

O 200 mm walling foundation walling 265 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 3

Substructure

3/1//2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Plinth finishes

A 12 mm Thick cement and sand (1:4) render to edge of plinth 14 SM

B Prepare and apply two coats of bituminous paint on rendered plinths

14 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 3/1//1

Page No. 3/1//2

Page No. 3/1//3

TOTAL AMOUNT OF BILL No. 1

SUBSTRUCTURE

Carried to Summary of Section No. 3

Bill No. 3

Section No.1

Substructure

3/1//3

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Bill No. 4

GROUND FLOOR

ELEMENT NO. 1

REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE

Vibrated reinforced concrete Class 20 as described in:-

A Ring Beams 28 CM

B Columns 15 CM

C 150 mm thick suspended slab 301 SM

High tensile square twisted to B.S 4461 as described in:-

D Assorted reinforcements 11,125 Kg

Sawn formwork as described to:-

E Vertical sides of columns 199 SM

F Sides and horizontal soffits of beams 328 SM

G Soffits of suspended slab 301 SM

H Edge of suspended slab over 75 and not exceeding 150 mm high 95 LM

Precast Concrete fins

JSupply and fix precast conrete fins 7150 mm length x 400 mm wide

x 100 mm thick to Architect' s approval 35 No

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 4 K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El. No. 1

R.C. Frame

4/1/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 2

EXTERNAL WALLING

Fine chisel dressed natural stone walling bedded and jointed in

cement and sand (1:4) mortar

A 200 mm walls reinforced with hoop iron at alternate course 109 SM

Precast concrete 20 in lintel as described

B Lintel size 200 x 200 mm 10 LM

INTERNAL WALLING

Medium chisel dressed/machine cut natural stone walling as before

described

C 200 mm walls reinforced with hoop iron at alternate course 132 SM

D 150 mm walls ditto 35 SM

Horizontal Damp proof course to B.S 743 (measured net - no

allowance for lapse)

E 200 mm wide 54 LM

F 150 mm wide 18 LM

The following in timber folding partitions

Frames and Finishings

G 150 x 50 mm Rebated frame, plugged 16 LM

H 38 x 25 mm moulded architrave 16 LM

J 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 16 LM

K Door size 800 x 2450 mm high comprising 50 x 50 timber framing

at 600 centres both ways: covered both sides with 20mm thick block

board 8 No

IRONMONGERY

Supply and fix the following ironmongery as before described

L 100 mm wide brass butt hinges 32 PRS

M 3- Lever mortice lock 8 No

N Tower bolt 100 mm long 16 No

O 25 mm Diameter rubber door stop raw bolted to floor to wall 8 No.

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El. No. 2

Walling

4/4/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Balustrading

All metalwork to be primed with one coat red

oxide primer before fixing

The following in Balconies

A Pockets in concrete or blockwork size 75 x 75 x 50 mm deep for end

of balusters 7 No.

Mild Steel

B 50 mm Diameter x 3 mm thick mild steel hand rail welded to mild

steel balusters 6 LM

C 12 mm thick flat vertical middle rails 850 mm long , one end welded

to mild steel hand rail and other welded to horizontal middle rail.

60 No.

D 50 x 50 x 3 mm thick mild steel baluster 1000 mm long one end

welded to mild steel handrail and other fish tailed and cast into

prepared mortise in concrete 7 No.

E 25 x 50 x 3 mm Mild steel RHS horizontal middle rails welded to

mild steel balusters 6 LM

Prepare and apply two coats gloss oil paint to metalwork as

described

Externally on:

F General surfaces of railing 12 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 4/4/1

Page No. 4/4/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 2

WALLING

Carried to Summary of Bill No.1 K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El. No. 2

Walling

4/4/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 3

WINDOWS

Precast concrete (1:2:4) in:-

A Window cill size 100 x 100 x 12 mm thick once sunk with finished

fairface on exposed surfaces 51 LM

Wrot mahogany

B 200 x 25 mm Windo board plugged to wall 51 LM

C 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 51 LM

Steel curtain rod

D Supply and install steel pipe curtain rails fixed with steel finials (m.s)

and approved rollers including primimg and applying wrot metal

paint to give texture of artic iron 48 LM

E Extra over curtain rod for end finials 44 No.

Supply, assemble & fix the following purpose made steel casement

window; in heavy duty 25 x 25 mm 'Z' & 'T' sections, 4 mm thick;

meyric W20 range; fabricated to approved detailed designs; 'french'

style, small panneled: 200 x 300 mm equal panes; hooded mosquito

proofed permanent vents, pin type hinges; polished brass

ironmongery to M/s Kensmetal Ltd or any other equal and

approved, fasteners, window stays, fixing lags and applying two

coats red oxide primer before fixing

F Window size 2800 x 1500 mm high overall, in 2 No. panels

openable sliding and 1 No. Fixed panel 8 No.

G Ditto size 2800 x 600 mm high ditto 4 No.

H Ditto size 1600 x 600 mm high ditto 3 No.

H Ditto size 1400 x 600 mm high ditto 7 No.

J Ditto size 900 x 600 mm high ditto 2 No.

K Ditto size 600 x 600 mm high ditto 1 No.

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El. No. 3

Windows

4/3/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

4 mm clear sheet glass and glazing to metal with putty as described

in:

A Panes over 0.10 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 47 SM

4 mm thick obscure sheet glass as before described:-

B Panes over 0.10 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 3 SM

Painting and decorating

Prepare touch up primer and apply two undercoats and one finishing

coat gloss oil paint on metal work as described:-

Internally on:-

C General surfaces of windows 50 SM

D General surfaces of grilles 100 SM

Externally on:-

E General surfaces of windows 50 SM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish to

woodwork as before described

F Surfaces of over 100 and not exceeding 200 mm girth 51 LM

G Ditto but not exceeding 100 mm girth 51 LM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 4/3/1

Page No. 4/3/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 3

WINDOWS

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 2 Kshs.

Bill No. 4

El. No. 3

Windows

4/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 4

DOORS

EXTERNAL DOORS

Supply and fix the following in purpose made steel casement doors

AS DESCRIBED

A Steel door size 900 x 2400 mm high overall 8 No.

IRONMONGERY

Supply and fix the following ironmongery ABD

B 3- Lever steel door lock 8 No.

C 25 mm diameter rubber door stop 8 No.

4 mm clear sheet glass and glazing to metal with putty as described

in:

D Panes over 0.1 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 2 SM

Prepare touch up primer and apply two undercoats and one finishing

coat gloss oil paint on metal work as described:-

Internally on:-

E General surfaces of doors 17 SM

Externally on

F General surfaces of doors 17 SM

INTERNAL DOORS

Flush door to B.S 459 part 11 faced both sides with 6 mm mahogany

veneer hardwood lipped all round

G 45 mm Thick (finished) internal quality solid cored flush double

swing door size 1200 x 2400 mm high 1 No.

H Ditto but single door size 900 x 2400 mm high overall 2 No.

J Ditto size 900 x 2100 mm high 3 No.

Glazing

K 4mm thick clear sheet glass and glazing with and including 25 x

25mm mahogany beading to hardwood frames (m.s.) in panes

exceeding 0.10m2 but not exceeding 0.50m

2

in fanlights

1 SM

Frames and Finishings

L 150 x 50 mm Rebated frame, plugged 35 LM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El. No. 4

Doors

4/4/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

A 38 x 25 mm moulded architrave 35 LM

B 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 35 LM

IRONMONGERY

Supply and fix the following ironmongery as before described

C 100 mm wide brass butt hinges 9 Prs

D 3- Lever mortice lock 6 No.

E 25 mm Diameter rubber door stop raw bolted to floor to wall 6 No.

F WC indicator bolt as "union 8704" 3 No.

G Signage "FEMALE", "MALE", "DISABLED" 3 No.

H Door closer as Union ref 8850 2 No.

4 mm clear sheet glass and glazing to metal with putty as described

in:

J Panes over 0.1 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 2 SM

Prepare and apply one coat aluminium primer on woodwork before

fixing

K Surfaces over 100 and not exceeding 200 mm girth 35 LM

L Ditto not exceeding 100mm girth 70 LM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish to

woodwork as before described

Internally on:-

M Surfaces over 200 and not exceeding 300 mm girth 35 LM

N Ditto not exceeding 100mm girth 70 LM

O General surfaces of doors (b.s.m) 26 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 4/4/1

Page No. 4/4/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 3

DOORS

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 2 K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El. No. 4

Doors

4/4/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 5

FINISHES

15mm Thick cement and sand (1:4) woodfloated render as described

to:-

A Sides of walls 79 SM

B Sides and soffits of beams 43 SM

C Sides of columns 50 SM

INTERNAL FINISHES

Floor Finishes

Cement and sand (1:4) screed as described in:-

D 32 mm thick backing to receive ceramic tiles 282 SM

E 32 mm Thick backing to receive non - slip ceramic tiles 29 SM

450 x 450 x 8 mm Approved ceramic tiles on screed backing (m.s)

with straight joints and pointing in matching cement as described

F Paving floor 311 SM

G 100 x 8 mm thick tile skirting 240 LM

15 mm thick two coat gauged lime plaster to:-

H Sides of walls 355 SM

J Sides and soffits of beams 123 SM

K Window and door reveals 181 LM

15 mm thick cement and sand (1:4) in:-

L Floated screed backing on walls to receive white glazed wall tiles

(m.s)

88 SM

Glazed wall tiles as described

M 6 mm thick wall tiles on screed ABD 88 SM

Ceiling Finishes

15 mm Thick two coat gauged lime plaster to:-

N Horizontal soffits of suspended slab 301 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El.No. 5

Finishes

4/5/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Painting

Prepare and apply three coats premium quality plastic emulsion paint

to Architect's Approval :-

A Plastered Ceiling surfaces. 301 SM

Prepare and apply three coats gloss oil paint as described:-

Internally on:-

B Sides of walls 355 SM

C Sides and soffits of beams 123 SM

D Window and door reveals 181 LM

E Sides of timber partitions 32 SM

Prepare and apply three coats first quality weather guard paint to

Architect's approval:-

F Sides of walls 79 SM

G Sides and soffits of beams 43 SM

H Sides of columns 50 SM

J Sides of concrete fins 250 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 4/5/1

Page No. 4/5/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 5

FINISHES

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 4 K.Shs

Bill No. 4

El.No. 5

Finishes

4/5/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Bill No. 4

GROUND FLOOR

SUMMARY

ELEMENT NO. PAGE NO.

1. REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE 36893

2. WALLING 37289

3. WINDOWS 37289

4. DOORS 37348

5. FINISHES 37378

TOTAL AMOUNT OF BILL NO. 1

GROUND FLOOR

Carried to Summary of Section No. 3

Bill No. 4

GROUND FLOOR

4/S/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

BILL NO. 5

FIRST FLOOR

ELEMENT NO. 1

REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE

Vibrated reinforced concrete Class 20 as described in:-

A Ring Beams 28 CM

B Columns 15 CM

C 150 mm thick suspended slab 301 SM

High tensile square twisted to B.S 4461 as described in:-

D Assorted reinforcements 11,125 Kg

Sawn formwork as described to:-

E Vertical sides of columns 199 SM

F Sides and horizontal soffits of beams 328 SM

G Soffits of suspended slab 301 SM

H Edge of suspended slab over 75 and not exceeding 150 mm high 95 LM

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 1

REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE

Carried to Summary of Bill No.5 K.Shs

Bill No.5

El. No. 1

R.C.Frame

5/1/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 2

EXTERNAL WALLING

Fine chisel dressed natural stone walling bedded and jointed in cement

and sand (1:4) mortar

A 200 mm walls reinforced with hoop iron at alternate course 110 SM

Precast concrete 20 in lintel as described

B Lintel size 200 x 200 mm 15 LM

INTERNAL WALLING

Medium chisel dressed/machine cut natural stone walling as before

described

C 200 mm walls reinforced with hoop iron at alternate course 135 SM

D 100 mm walls ditto 19 SM

Balustrading

All metalwork to be primed with one coat red

oxide primer before fixing

The following in Balconies

E Pockets in concrete or blockwork size 75 x 75 x 50 mm deep for end of

balusters 9 No.

Mild Steel

F 50 mm Diameter x 3 mm thick mild steel hand rail welded to mild steel

balusters 8 LM

G 12 mm thick flat vertical middle rails 850 mm long , one end welded to

mild steel hand rail and other welded to horizontal middle rail.

80 No.

H 50 x 50 x 3 mm thick mild steel baluster 1000 mm long one end welded

to mild steel handrail and other fish tailed and cast into prepared mortise

in concrete 9 No.

J 25 x 50 x 3 mm Mild steel RHS horizontal middle rails welded to mild

steel balusters 8 LM

Prepare and apply two coats gloss oil paint to metalwork as described

Externally on:

K General surfaces of railing 16 SM

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 2

WALLING

Carried to Summary of Bill No.5 K.Shs

Bill No.5

El. No. 2

Walling

5/2/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 3

WINDOWS

Precast concrete (1:2:4) in:-

A Window cill size 100 x 100 x 12 mm thick once sunk with finished fairface

on exposed surfaces 54 LM

Wrot mahogany

B 200 x 25 mm Windo board plugged to wall 54 LM

C 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 54 LM

Steel curtain rod

D Supply and install steel pipe curtain rails fixed with steel finials (m.s) and

approved rollers including primimg and applying wrot metal paint to give

texture of artic iron 49 LM

E Extra over curtain rod for end finials 44 No.

Supply, assemble & fix the following purpose made steel casement

window; in heavy duty 25 x 25 mm 'Z' & 'T' sections, 4 mm thick; meyric

W20 range; fabricated to approved detailed designs; 'french' style, small

panneled: 200 x 300 mm equal panes; hooded mosquito proofed

permanent vents, pin type hinges; polished brass ironmongery to M/s

Kensmetal Ltd or any other equal and approved, fasteners, window stays,

fixing lags and applying two coats red oxide primer before fixing

F Window size 2800 x 1500 mm high overall, in 2 No. panels openable

sliding and 1 No. Fixed panel 8 No.

G Ditto size 2800 x 600 mm high ditto 5 No.

H Ditto size 1600 x 600 mm high ditto 4 No.

H Ditto size 1400 x 600 mm high ditto 7 No.

J Ditto size 900 x 600 mm high ditto 2 No.

4 mm clear sheet plate and glazing to metal with putty as described in :-

K Panes over 0.10 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 50 SM

4 mm thick obscure sheet glass as before described:-

L Panes over 0.10 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 3 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 5

Section No. 3

El. No. 3

Windows

5/3/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Painting and decorating

Prepare touch up primer and apply two undercoats and one finishing coat

gloss oil paint on metal work as described:-

Internally on:-

A General surfaces of windows 53 SM

B General surfaces of grilles 106 SM

Externally on:-

C General surfaces of windows 53 SM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish to woodwork as

before described

D Surfaces of over 100 and not exceeding 200 mm girth 54 LM

E Ditto not exceeding 100 mm girth 54 LM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 5/3/1

Page No. 5/3/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 3

WINDOWS

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 2 Kshs.

Bill No. 5

El. No. 3

Windows

5/3/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 4

DOORS

EXTERNAL DOORS

Supply and fix the following in purpose made steel casement doors AS

DESCRIBED

A Steel door size 900 x 2400 mm high overall in double leaves comprising

overhead fixed light size 1500 x 300 mm high.10 No.

IRONMONGERY

Supply and fix the following ironmongery ABD

B 3- Lever steel door lock 10 No.

C 25 mm diameter rubber door stop 10 No.

4 mm clear sheet glass and glazing to metal with putty as described in:

D Panes over 0.1 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 3 SM

Prepare touch up primer and apply two undercoats and one finishing coat

gloss oil paint on metal work as described:-

Internally on:-

E General surfaces of doors 22 SM

Externally on

F General surfaces of doors 22 SM

INTERNAL DOORS

Flush door to B.S 459 part 11 faced both sides with 6 mm mahogany

veneer hardwood lipped all round

G 45 mm Thick (finished) internal quality solid cored flush door size 1200 x

2400mm high overall 1 No.

H Ditto door size 900 x 2100 mm high 5 No.

Frames and Finishings

J 150 x 50 mm Rebated frame, plugged 33 LM

K 38 x 25 mm moulded architrave 33 LM

L 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 33 LM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 5

El. No. 4

Doors

5/4/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

IRONMONGERY

Supply and fix the following ironmongery as before described

A 100 mm wide brass butt hinges 9 Prs

B 3- Lever mortice lock 6 No.

C 25 mm Diameter rubber door stop raw bolted to floor to wall 6 No.

D WC indicator bolt as "union 8704" 3 No.

E Signage "FEMALE", "MALE", "DISABLED" 3 No.

F Door closer as Union ref 8850 2 No.

4 mm clear sheet glass and glazing to metal with putty as described in:

G Panes over 0.1 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 1 SM

Prepare and apply one coat aluminium primer on woodwork before fixing

H Surfaces over 100 and not exceeding 200 mm girth 33 LM

J Ditto not exceeding 100mm girth 66 LM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish to woodwork as

before described

Internally on:-

K Surfaces over 200 and not exceeding 300 mm girth 33 LM

L Ditto not exceeding 100mm girth 66 LM

M General surfaces of doors (b.s.m) 25 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 5/4/1

Page No. 5/4/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 4

DOORS

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 2 K.Shs

Bill No. 5

El. No. 4

Doors

5/4/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 5

FINISHES

15mm Thick cement and sand (1:4) woodfloated render as described to:-

A Sides of walls 80 SM

B Sides and soffits of beams 43 SM

C Sides of columns 50 SM

INTERNAL FINISHES

Floor Finishes

Cement and sand (1:4) screed as described in:-

D 32 mm thick backing to receive ceramic tiles 252 SM

E 32 mm Thick backing to receive non - slip ceramic tiles 29 SM

450 x 450 x 8 mm Approved ceramic tiles on screed backing (m.s) with

straight joints and pointing in matching cement as described

F Paving floor 281 SM

G 100 x 8 mm thick tile skirting 232 LM

15 mm thick two coat gauged lime plaster to:-

H Sides of walls 348 SM

J Sides and soffits of beams 123 SM

K Window and door reveals 187 LM

15 mm thick cement and sand (1:4) in:-

L Floated screed backing on walls to receive white glazed wall tiles (m.s) 70 SM

Glazed wall tiles as described

M 6 mm thick wall tiles on screed ABD 70 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 5

El.No. 5

Finishes

5/5/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Ceiling Finishes

15 mm Thick two coat gauged lime plaster to:-

A Horizontal soffits of suspended slab 301 SM

Painting

Prepare and apply three coats premium quality plastic emulsion paint to

Architect's Approval :-

B Plastered Ceiling surfaces. 301 SM

Prepare and apply three coats gloss oil paint as described:-

Internally on:-

C Sides of walls 348 SM

D Sides and soffits of beams 123 SM

E Window and door reveals 187 LM

Prepare and apply three coats first quality weather guard paint to

Architect's approval:-

F Sides of walls 80 SM

G Sides and soffits of beams 43 SM

H Sides of columns 50 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 5/5/1

Page No. 5/5/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 5

FINISHES

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 2 K.Shs

Bill No. 5

El. No. 5

Finishes

5/5/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

BILL NO. 5

SUMMARY

ELEMENT NO. PAGE NO.

1. REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE 5/1/1

2. WALLING 5/2/1

3. WINDOWS 5/3/2

4. DOORS 5/4/2

5. FINISHES 5/5/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF Bill No. 5

FIRST FLOOR

Carried to Summary of Section No. 3

Bill No. 5

GROUND FLOOR

5/S/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

BILL NO. 6

SECOND FLOOR

ELEMENT NO. 1

REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE

Vibrated reinforced concrete Class 20 as described in:-

A Ring Beams 27 CM

B Gutter beam 38 CM

C Columns 12 CM

High tensile square twisted to B.S 4461 as described in:-

D Assorted reinforcements 10,624 Kg

Sawn formwork as described to:-

E Vertical sides of columns 179 SM

F Sides and horizontal soffits of beams 253 SM

G Sides and horizontal soffits of gutter beams 332 SM

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 2

REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 6 K.Shs

Bill no. 6

El. No. 1

R.C.Frame

6/1/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 2

EXTERNAL WALLING

Fine chisel dressed natural stone walling bedded and jointed in cement

and sand (1:4) mortar

A 200 mm walls reinforced with hoop iron at alternate course 90 SM

B Ditto gable wall 21 SM

Precast concrete 20 in lintel as described

C Lintel size 200 x 200 mm 15 LM

INTERNAL WALLING

Medium chisel dressed/machine cut natural stone walling as before

described

D 200 mm walls reinforced with hoop iron at alternate course 147 SM

E 100 mm walls ditto 19 SM

Precast concrete 20 in lintel as described

F 300 x 50 mm thick coping stone fair faced on all exposed surfaces,

weathered and throated 83 LM

Balustrading

All metalwork to be primed with one coat red

oxide primer before fixing

The following in Balconies

G Pockets in concrete or blockwork size 75 x 75 x 50 mm deep for end of

balusters 9 No.

Mild Steel

H 50 mm Diameter x 3 mm thick mild steel hand rail welded to mild steel

balusters 8 LM

J 12 mm thick flat vertical middle rails 850 mm long , one end welded to

mild steel hand rail and other welded to horizontal middle rail.

80 No.

K 50 x 50 x 3 mm thick mild steel baluster 1000 mm long one end welded

to mild steel handrail and other fish tailed and cast into prepared mortise

in concrete 9 No.

L 25 x 50 x 3 mm Mild steel RHS horizontal middle rails welded to mild

steel balusters 8 LM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El. No. 2

Walling

6/2/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Prepare and apply two coats gloss oil paint to metalwork as described

Externally on:

A General surfaces of railing 16 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 6/2/1

Page No. 6/2/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 2

WALLING

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 6 K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El. No. 2

Walling

6/2/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 3

ROOFING AND RAINWATER DISPOSAL

Sawn treated cypress

The following in 11 No. truss type T1 spanning 13000 mm x 3460 mm

raised approximately 10800 mm above ground level

A 150 x 50 mm thick rafter 307 LM

B 150 x 50 mm thick tie beam 238 LM

C 100 x 50 mm struts/ties 484 LM

D 100 x 50 mm thick king post 69 LM

Other members

E 100 x 50 mm thick wall plate 83 LM

F 100 X 50 mm thick purlins 277 LM

G 150 x 50 mm thick Hip rafters 33 LM

H 150 x 50 mm thick Valley rafters 15 LM

J 250 x 25 mm thick Ridge board 35 LM

Wrot treated Cypress

K 250 x 50 mm Fascia or barge boards 97 LM

Roofing Covering

28 Gauge "IT5 Resincot" pre-painted galvanized iron sheet roofing as

described

L Roof covering 425 SM

M Matching ridge capping 600 mm girth 35 LM

N Ditto but hip capping 33 LM

16 Gauge mild steel rainwater goods with lapped riveted and soldered

joints including all labour

O 600 mm girth valley gutters 15 LM

Eaves Finish

Standard grade pine T & G Ceiling

P 75 x 25 mm Thick T & G boarding nails on and including 50 x 50 mm

sawn cypress brandering at 600 mm centres both ways 58 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El. No. 3

Roofing

6/3/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

A 75 x 25 mm wrot cypress moulded Cornice, plugged 194 LM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish on woodwork

as described:-

B Surfaces over 200 and not exceeding 300 mm girth 97 LM

C General surfaces of T&G boarding 58 SM

Reinforced Concrete Gutter Finishes

D 25 mm Thick average light weight vermiculite screed laid to falls on slab

including dressing around outlets. 208 SM

E APP / EPDM membrane with mineral surface finish : weighting 4kg/m2 :

laid on primer with "torch-on" process : from an approved manufacturer :

finish to horizontal roof slabs and walls executed by specialist under 10

years guarantee

F Sides and horizontal surfaces of Gutters to Structural Engineer's details and

approval 208 SM

G Extra over working around rain water outlets (Provisional) 7 No.

U.P.V.C. Soil and vent pipes with solvent weld joints and fittings and

jointing and fixing

H 100 mm Diameter rainwater downpipe fixed to wall with and including

all mild steel holder butts 65 LM

Extra-over for

J 100 mm diameter UPVC fulbora outlet 7 No.

K Rainwater swanneck bend 7 No.

L Rainwater anti-splash shoe 7 No.

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 6/3/1

Page No. 6/3/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 5

ROOF

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 6 Kshs.

Bill No. 6

El. No. 3

Roofing

6/3/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 4

WINDOWS

Window cill

A Machine cut quarry stone Window cill size 250 x 65 mm ABD 52 LM

Wrot mahogany

B 200 x 25 mm Window board plugged to wall 52 LM

C 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 52 LM

Steel curtain rod

D

Supply and install steel pipe curtain rails fixed with steel finials (m.s) and

approved rollers including primimg and applying wrot metal paint to

give texture of artic iron 47 LM

E Extra over curtain rod for end finials 42 No.

Supply, assemble & fix the following purpose made steel casement

window; in heavy duty 25 x 25 mm 'Z' & 'T' sections, 4 mm thick; meyric

W20 range; fabricated to approved detailed designs; 'french' style, small

panneled: 200 x 300 mm equal panes; hooded mosquito proofed

permanent vents, pin type hinges; polished brass ironmongery to M/s

Kensmetal Ltd or any other equal and approved, fasteners, window stays,

fixing lags and applying two coats red oxide primer before fixing

FWindow size 2800 x 1500 mm high overall, in 2 No. panels openable

sliding and 1 No. Fixed panel 8 No.

G Ditto size 2800 x 600 mm high ditto 4 No.

H Ditto size 1600 x 600 mm high ditto 4 No.

J Ditto size 1451 x 600 mm high ditto 1 No.

K Ditto size 1400 x 600 mm high ditto 6 No.

L Ditto size 900 x 600 mm high ditto 2 No.

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El. No. 4

Windows

6/4/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

4 mm clear sheet plate and glazing to metal with putty as described in :-

A Panes over 0.10 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 48 SM

4 mm thick obscure sheet glass as before described:-

B Panes over 0.10 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 3 SM

Painting and decorating

Prepare touch up primer and apply two undercoats and one finishing

coat gloss oil paint on metal work as described:-

Internally on:-

C General surfaces of windows 51 SM

D General surfaces of grilles 102 SM

Externally on:-

E General surfaces of windows 51 SM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish to woodwork

as before described

F Surfaces of over 100 and not exceeding 200 mm girth 49 LM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 6/4/1

Page No. 6/4/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 4

WINDOWS

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 4 Kshs.

Bill No. 6

El. No. 4

Windows

6/4/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 5

DOORS

EXTERNAL DOORS

Flush door to B.S 459 part 11 faced both sides with 6 mm mahogany

veneer hardwood lipped all round

A 45 mm Thick (finished) internal quality solid cored flush door size 900 x

2400 mm high 8 No.

Frames and Finishings

B 150 x 50 mm Rebated frame, plugged 48 LM

C 38 x 25 mm moulded architrave 48 LM

D 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 48 LM

4 mm clear sheet glass and glazing to metal with putty as described in:

E Panes over 0.1 and not exceeding 0.50 square metres 2 SM

IRONMONGERY

Supply and fix the following ironmongery ABD

F 100 mm wide brass butt hinges 12 Prs

G 3- Lever mortice lock 8 No.

H 25 mm Diameter rubber door stop raw bolted to floor to wall 8 No.

J Signage "CLASSROOM" 3 No.

Prepare and apply one coat aluminium primer on woodwork before

fixing

K Surfaces over 100 and not exceeding 200 mm girth 48 LM

L Ditto not exceeding 100 mm girth 96 LM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish to woodwork

as before described

Internally on:-

M Surfaces over 200 and not exceeding 300 mm girth 48 LM

N Ditto not exceeding 100 mm girth 96 LM

O General surfaces of doors (b.s.m) 35 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El. No. 5

Doors

6/5/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Flush door to B.S 459 part 11 faced both sides with 6 mm mahogany

veneer hardwood lipped all round

A 45 mm Thick (finished) internal quality solid cored flush door size 900 x

2400 mm high 2 No.

B Ditto but size 900 x 2100 mm high 5 No.

Frames and Finishings

C 150 x 50 mm Rebated frame, plugged 39 LM

D 38 x 25 mm moulded architrave 39 LM

E 15 mm diameter quadrant beading 39 LM

IRONMONGERY

Supply and fix the following ironmongery as before described

F 100 mm wide brass butt hinges 10.5 Prs

G 3- Lever mortice lock 7 No.

H 25 mm Diameter rubber door stop raw bolted to floor to wall 7 No.

J WC indicator bolt as "union 8704" 5 No.

K Signage "MALE", "KITCHEN" 2 No.

L Door closer as Union ref 8850 1 No.

Prepare and apply one coat aluminium primer on woodwork before

fixing

M Surfaces over 100 and not exceeding 200 mm girth 39 LM

N Ditto but not exceeding 100 mm girth 78 LM

Prepare and apply three coats polyurethane clear varnish to woodwork

as before described

Internally on:-

O Surfaces over 200 and not exceeding 300 mm girth 39 LM

P Ditto but not exceeding 100 mm girth 78 LM

Q General surfaces of doors (b.s.m) 28 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El. No. 5

Doors

6/5/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

COLLECTION

Page No. 6/5/1

Page No. 6/5/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 5

DOORS

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 6 K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El. No. 5

Doors

6/5/3

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

ELEMENT NO. 6

FINISHES

15mm Thick cement and sand (1:4) woodfloated render as described to:-

A Sides of walls 111 SM

B Sides and soffits of beams 57 SM

C Sides of columns 74 SM

INTERNAL FINISHES

Floor Finishes

Cement and sand (1:4) screed as described in:-

D 32 mm thick backing to receive ceramic tiles 252 SM

E 32 mm Thick backing to receive non - slip ceramic tiles 29 SM

450 x 450 x 8 mm Approved ceramic tiles on screed backing (m.s) with

straight joints and pointing in matching cement as described

F Paving floor 281 SM

G 100 x 8 mm thick tile skirting 232 LM

15 mm thick two coat gauged lime plaster to:-

H Sides of walls 371 SM

J Sides and soffits of beams 196 SM

K Window and door reveals 187 LM

15 mm thick cement and sand (1:4) in:-

L Floated screed backing on walls to receive white glazed wall tiles (m.s) 72 SM

Glazed wall tiles as described

M 6 mm thick wall tiles on screed ABD 72 SM

Chipboard Ceiling

N 12 mm thick chipboard ceiling lining fixed to and including 50 x 50 mm

sawn cypress brandering at 600 mm centres both 312 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El.No. 6

Finishes

6/6/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

A Extra over ditto for forming 600 x 600 mm access panel with 50 x 50

mm sawn celcured cypress framing including trimming softwood

brandering and chipboard lining 2 No.

B 75 x 25 mm moulded Cornice, plugged 220 LM

Painting

Prepare and apply three coats premium quality plastic emulsion paint to

Architect's Approval :-

C Soffits of chipboard ceiling 312 SM

Prepare and apply three coats gloss oil paint as described:-

Internally on:-

D Sides of walls 371 SM

E Sides and soffits of beams 196 SM

F Window and door reveals 187 LM

Prepare and apply three coats first quality weather guard paint to

Architect's approval:-

G Sides of walls 80 SM

H Sides and soffits of beams 43 SM

J Sides of columns 50 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 6/6/1

Page No. 6/6/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF ELEMENT NO. 6

FINISHES

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 6 K.Shs

Bill No. 6

El.No. 6

Finishes

6/6/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

Bill No. 6

SECOND FLOOR

SUMMARY

ELEMENT NO. PAGE NO.

1. REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE 6/1/1

2. WALLING 6/2/1

3. ROOFING 6/3/2

4. WINDOWS 6/4/2

5. DOORS 6/5/3

6. FINISHES 6/6/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF Bill No. 6

SECOND FLOOR

Carried to Summary of Section No. 3

Bill No. 6

SECOND FLOOR

6/S/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

BILL No. 7

RAMPS

Vibrated reinforced concrete (1:2:4) as described in:-

A 175 mm thick Ramp 23 SM

B 175 mm Thick landing 4 SM

High tensile square twisted bars as before described in:-

C Assorted reinforcements 3,303 Kg

Sawn formwork to:-

D Horizontal soffits of landing 4 SM

E Slopping soffits of ramp 23 SM

F Edges of ramp landing 150 - 225mm high 9 LM

G Opening edge of sloping ramps of 175 mm wide (extreme) 33 LM

Finishes

H Pockets in concrete or blockwork size 75 x 75 x 50 mm deep for end of

balusters 34 No.

Mild Steel

J 50 mm Diameter x 3 mm thick mild steel hand rail welded to mild steel

balusters 33 LM

K 12 mm thick flat vertical middle rails 850 mm long , one end welded to

mild steel hand rail and other welded to horizontal middle rail.330 No.

L 50 x 50 x 3 mm thick mild steel baluster 1000 mm long one end welded

to mild steel handrail and other fish tailed and cast into prepared mortise

in concrete 34 No.

M 25 x 50 x 3 mm Mild steel RHS horizontal middle rails welded to mild

steel balusters 33 LM

Prepare and apply two coats gloss oil paint to metalwork as described

Externally on:

N General surfaces of railing 66 SM

Cement and sand (1:4) screed as described in:-

O 32 mm thick to ramps 23 SM

P Ditto to landing 4 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

Bill No. 7

Ramp /Staircases

7/1

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

A Edges of ramp landing 175mm high 9 LM

B Opening edge of sloping ramps of 175 mm wide (extreme) 33 LM

300 x 300 x 8 mm Approved non-slip ceramic tiles on screed backing

(miss) with straight joints and pointing in matching cement as described

C Paving to floor/ramps and landing 27 SM

D Edges of ramp landing 175mm high 9 LM

E Opening edge of sloping ramps of 175 mm wide (extreme) 33 LM

F 100 x 10 mm thick tile skirting 26 LM

Two coat lime plasterwork 15 mm thick to: -

G Slopping soffits of ramp 23 SM

H Soffits of landing 4 SM

Prepare and apply three coats gloss oil paint as described:-

Internally on:-

J Plastered soffits of ramps 23 SM

K Plastered soffits of landing 4 SM

Carried to Collection K.Shs

COLLECTION

Page No. 7/1

Page No. 7/2

TOTAL AMOUNT OF BILL NO. 5

RAMP

Carried to Summary of Bill No. 7 K.Shs

Bill No. 5

Ramp

7/2

Item Description Qty Unit Rate Amount

BILL No. 8

P.C AND PROVISIONAL SUMS

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

A Provide the prime cost sum of Kenya shillings Two Million Six

Hundred Thousand (K.Shs. 2,600,000/-) only for Electrical

Installations to be Executed by a nominated Sub-contractor Item

B Allow for Profit %

C Allow for attendance Item

MECHANICAL SERVICES INSTALLATIONS

D Provide the prime cost sum of Kenya shillings Two Million (K.Shs.

2,000,000/=) only for Mechanical Installations to be executed by a

nominated sub-contractor Item

E Allow for Profit %

F Allow for attendance Item

PROVISIONAL SUMS

CONTINGENCY

G Allow the provisional sum of Kenya shillings Three Million (K.Shs.

3,000,000/-) only for contingencies Item

TOTAL AMOUNT OF BILL NO. 8

P.C. & PROVISIONAL SUMS

TOTAL CARRIED TO MAIN SUMMARY K.Shs

Bill No. 8

P.C & Provisional Sums

8/1

MAIN SUMMARY

Item Description Unit Amount

PROPOSED CLASSROOM & ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FOR MAKINDU KMTC

PHASE ONE

MAIN SUMMARY

BILL No. PAGE NO.

1. BILL No. 1 - PRELIMINARIES 1/1/S

2. BILL No. 2 - PREAMBLES OF TRADE 2/2/S

3. SUBSTRUCTURE

4. GROUND FLOOR 3/2/S/1

5. FIRST FLOOR 3/3/S/1

6. SECOND FLOOR 3/4/S/1

7. RAMP 3/5/2

8. P.C AND PROVISIONAL SUMS

NET TOTAL

ADD 16% VAT

TOTAL CARRIED TO FORM OF TENDER K.SHS.

CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE …………………………

NAME ………………………………………………………

ADDRESS …………………………………………………

DATE …………………………………………………….

WITNESS SIGNATURE …………………………………..

NAME ……………………………………………………..

ADDRESS ………………………………………………….

DATE …………………………………………………….

M/S/1

GSPublisherVersion 0.1.100.100

Revision Date

Drawing Title

Status

Scales

Drawing Number

DrawingStatus

Drawn by Checked by Date

Revision

Project Title

Client

Client sign......................................................

ARCHITECTURAL NOTES.

and regulations and NCC requirements.

Authority regulations.2. All figured dimensions to be taken in preference to scaled dimensions.

iron at every alternative course.3. All walls below 200mm to be reinforced with hoop

4. Provide damp proof course (D.P.C.) under all walls.5. P.V. indicates permanent ventilations.6. All drainage passing under building and drive

thick concrete surround.area to be of pvc pipe and encased in 150mm

7. All inspection chambers in drive area to haveheavy duty covers.

1. All works to be carried out in accordance with Local

8. Check all dimensions on site.9. All sanitary work to be in accordance with MOH rules

to be provided under ground floor concrete slab.10. 500g polythene sheeting and anti-termite treatment

12. Automatic booster pump for FHRs to be provided to11. All reinforced concrete works to Structural Eng. detail.

14. Electrical fire alarm system to the approval of Chief Fire Officer.13. 4500 litres reserve for hose reel

the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.

15. Fire alarm and booster to be provided withsecondary power supply.

17. 2x9 litre water and 1x4.5 kg CO2 fire extinguishers16. 2x9 kg Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers at areas shown.

to be provided per floor.

PO BOX. 30846,00100, NAIROBI

TEL. (020) 2318254

NOV, 2019

Architects signature......................................

Design by

C. Tarus

WORKING

APPROVAL

PROPOSED CLASSROOMS &ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FORMAKINDU KMTC TO BE BUILT ON

PLOT NO.MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

KMTC- MAKINDUPO. BOXMAKINDU

R. KR. K

DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

15

x 22

5 =

3,15

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

200 1,300200

1,300 200

3,400

200

3,30

020

02,

700

200

400

200

200 5,800 200 5,800 200 4,600 200 4,000 200

200

6,80

020

08,

800

200

2,850 200 1,825 200 8,800 200 17,800 200

200

200

3,35

010

03,

350

200

200

200

3,35

010

03,

350

200

8,80

020

0

2,10

020

04,

500

200

3,30

020

02,

700

200

400

200

200 2,800 200 7,300 200 1,300 200

200

6,80

020

0

200

1,57

515

0

200

2,55

010

,500

200

200

200

855

900

35,885

3,550 1,600 1,025 1,600 500

12,200 2,800 9,000 3,2001,400

500900 700 1,600 900 2,800 2,100 900 1,461 1,400 1,039 900

249900 900 1,400 951

2,8001,800

3,40

020

0200

200

6,80

020

0

200 2,850 200 2,700 150 1,975 200 5,800 200 8,800 200 8,800 200 3,410 200 8,190 200

3,550 1,600 1,025 1,600 500 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 3,410 200 2,190 200 2,800 200 2,800 200

44,675

200 4,875 200 14,800 200 2,850 100 2,850 200 5,800 200 2,800 200 7,300 200 1,300 200

539 4,100 636 14,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200

3,050 2,025 3,000 3,000 3,000 2,400 600 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 610 2,390 3,000 3,000

44,675

940 960 1,100

200

3,30

020

02,

700

200

40020

0

1,60

020

03,

700

200

3,10

020

01,

575

150

1,32

515

0 1,00

0150

1,60

020

0

3,50

03,

500

200

1,60

020

03,

700

3,30

080

02,

900

2,45

0

4,35

590

02,

145

1,40

040

020

03,

200

400

200

3,35

010

03,

550

200

14,7

5020

0

7,40

020

01,

600

3,90

03,

100

700

2,50

070

02,

250

200

22,7

50

22,7

50

3,50

03,

500

200

1,60

020

03,

700

3,30

080

02,

900

2,45

0

200 5,800 200400

3,20

040

01,

600

200

3,90

014

159

S-01

S-0101

02

03

04

DISABLEDWC

RAMP

PARKING

AREA

EXISTING

BUILDING

EXISTING

BUILDING

ADMINISTRATION

BLOCK

STUDENTS

LATRINES STAFF

LATRINE

MAKIN

DU

- WO

TE RO

AD

DRIVEWAY

PLAYGROUND

DISABLEDWC

PRINCIPAL'SOFFICE

RECEPTION

BOARDROOM

DEP.PRINCIPAL

DEP.PRINCIPAL

RECEPTION

GENTS

LADIES

WALKWAY

VISITOR'SWASHROOM

STAFF

CUSTOMERCARE

KITCHENETTE

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.FCERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV

PV PV

PVPVPV

PV

PV PV

PV PV

PVPV PV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV

PV

PV

PVPV

PV

PV

PV

PV

PV

MH

MH

MH

MH

MHMHMH

MH

MH MH

MH MHMH

MHMHMH

SEPTICTANK

SOAK PIT

PARKING

GABBRO PAVINGS

18no. of Risers @ 172mm17no. of threads @ 256mm

01

02

0304

05

10

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T

0607

0809

11

MH

MH

CLASSROOM CLASSROOM CLASSROOM

CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.FCERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

SITE PLAN

GSPublisherVersion 0.1.100.100

Revision Date

Drawing Title

Status

Scales

Drawing Number

DrawingStatus

Drawn by Checked by Date

Revision

Project Title

Client

Client sign......................................................

ARCHITECTURAL NOTES.

and regulations and NCC requirements.

Authority regulations.2. All figured dimensions to be taken in preference to scaled dimensions.

iron at every alternative course.3. All walls below 200mm to be reinforced with hoop

4. Provide damp proof course (D.P.C.) under all walls.5. P.V. indicates permanent ventilations.6. All drainage passing under building and drive

thick concrete surround.area to be of pvc pipe and encased in 150mm

7. All inspection chambers in drive area to haveheavy duty covers.

1. All works to be carried out in accordance with Local

8. Check all dimensions on site.9. All sanitary work to be in accordance with MOH rules

to be provided under ground floor concrete slab.10. 500g polythene sheeting and anti-termite treatment

12. Automatic booster pump for FHRs to be provided to11. All reinforced concrete works to Structural Eng. detail.

14. Electrical fire alarm system to the approval of Chief Fire Officer.13. 4500 litres reserve for hose reel

the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.

15. Fire alarm and booster to be provided withsecondary power supply.

17. 2x9 litre water and 1x4.5 kg CO2 fire extinguishers16. 2x9 kg Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers at areas shown.

to be provided per floor.

PO BOX. 30846,00100, NAIROBI

TEL. (020) 2318254

NOV, 2019

Architects signature......................................

Design by

C. Tarus

WORKING

APPROVAL

PROPOSED CLASSROOMS &ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FORMAKINDU KMTC TO BE BUILT ON

PLOT NO.MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

KMTC- MAKINDUPO. BOXMAKINDU

R. KR. K

DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

15

x 22

5 =

3,15

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

200 1,300200

1,300 200

3,400

200

3,30

020

02,

700

200

400

200

200 5,800 200 5,800 200 4,600 200 4,000 200

200

6,80

020

08,

800

200

2,850 200 1,825 200 8,800 200 17,800 200

200

200

3,35

010

03,

350

200

200

200

3,35

010

03,

350

200

8,80

020

0

2,10

020

04,

500

200

3,30

020

02,

700

200

400

200

200 2,800 200 7,300 200 1,300 200

200

6,80

020

0

200

1,57

515

0

200

2,55

010

,500

200

200

200

855

900

35,885

3,550 1,600 1,025 1,600 500

12,200 2,800 9,000 3,2001,400

500900 700 1,600 900 2,800 2,100 900 1,461 1,400 1,039 900

249900 900 1,400 951

2,8001,800

3,40

020

0200

200

6,80

020

0

200 2,850 200 2,700 150 1,975 200 5,800 200 8,800 200 8,800 200 3,410 200 8,190 200

3,550 1,600 1,025 1,600 500 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 3,410 200 2,190 200 2,800 200 2,800 200

44,675

200 4,875 200 14,800 200 2,850 100 2,850 200 5,800 200 2,800 200 7,300 200 1,300 200

539 4,100 636 14,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200

3,050 2,025 3,000 3,000 3,000 2,400 600 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 610 2,390 3,000 3,000

44,675

940 960 1,100

200

3,30

020

02,

700

200

40020

0

1,60

020

03,

700

200

3,10

020

01,

575

150

1,32

515

0 1,00

0150

1,60

020

0

3,50

03,

500

200

1,60

020

03,

700

3,30

080

02,

900

2,45

0

4,35

590

02,

145

1,40

040

020

03,

200

400

200

3,35

010

03,

550

200

14,7

5020

0

7,40

020

01,

600

3,90

03,

100

700

2,50

070

02,

250

200

22,7

50

22,7

50

3,50

03,

500

200

1,60

020

03,

700

3,30

080

02,

900

2,45

0

200 5,800 200400

3,20

040

01,

600

200

3,90

014

159

S-01

S-0101

02

03

04

DISABLEDWC

RAMP

DISABLEDWC

PRINCIPAL'SOFFICE

RECEPTION

BOARDROOM

DEP.PRINCIPAL

DEP.PRINCIPAL

RECEPTION

GENTS

LADIES

WALKWAY

VISITOR'SWASHROOM

STAFF

CUSTOMERCARE

KITCHENETTE

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.FCERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV

PV PV

PVPVPV

PV

PV PV

PV PV

PVPV PV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV

PV

PV

PVPV

PV

PV

PV

PV

PV

MH

MH

MH

MH

MHMHMH

MH

MH MH

MH MHMH

PARKING

GABBRO PAVINGS

18no. of Risers @ 172mm17no. of threads @ 256mm

01

02

0304

05

10

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T

0607

0809

11

MH

MH

CLASSROOM CLASSROOM CLASSROOM

CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.FCERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

GROUND FLOOR PLAN

GSPublisherVersion 0.1.100.100

Revision Date

Drawing Title

Status

Scales

Drawing Number

DrawingStatus

Drawn by Checked by Date

Revision

Project Title

Client

Client sign......................................................

ARCHITECTURAL NOTES.

and regulations and NCC requirements.

Authority regulations.2. All figured dimensions to be taken in preference to scaled dimensions.

iron at every alternative course.3. All walls below 200mm to be reinforced with hoop

4. Provide damp proof course (D.P.C.) under all walls.5. P.V. indicates permanent ventilations.6. All drainage passing under building and drive

thick concrete surround.area to be of pvc pipe and encased in 150mm

7. All inspection chambers in drive area to haveheavy duty covers.

1. All works to be carried out in accordance with Local

8. Check all dimensions on site.9. All sanitary work to be in accordance with MOH rules

to be provided under ground floor concrete slab.10. 500g polythene sheeting and anti-termite treatment

12. Automatic booster pump for FHRs to be provided to11. All reinforced concrete works to Structural Eng. detail.

14. Electrical fire alarm system to the approval of Chief Fire Officer.13. 4500 litres reserve for hose reel

the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.

15. Fire alarm and booster to be provided withsecondary power supply.

17. 2x9 litre water and 1x4.5 kg CO2 fire extinguishers16. 2x9 kg Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers at areas shown.

to be provided per floor.

PO BOX. 30846,00100, NAIROBI

TEL. (020) 2318254

NOV, 2019

Architects signature......................................

Design by

C. Tarus

WORKING

APPROVAL

PROPOSED CLASSROOMS &ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FORMAKINDU KMTC TO BE BUILT ON

PLOT NO.MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

KMTC- MAKINDUPO. BOXMAKINDU

R. KR. K

DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

15

x 22

5 =

3,15

0 1

5 x

225

= 3,

150

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

S-01

S-0101

02

03

04

200

6,80

020

01,

800

200

6,80

020

0

200 2,850 200 900100

900100

900100

900100

825 200 5,800 200 8,800 200 8,800 200 3,410 200 8,190200

200

6,80

020

01,

600

200

7,00

020

02,

050

200

3,70

020

0

200

2,70

020

04,

100

200

14,7

5020

0

200

539 4,100 636 2,800 200 2,800 200 8,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200

7,40

01,

400

200

450

3,10

045

03,

000

200

588

900

1,11

290

02,

650

3,550 1,600 1,025 1,600 500 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 660 2,000 950 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200

7,40

01,

600

3,90

03,

100

700

2,50

075

02,

200

200

22,3

50

22,3

50

200 1,825200

900500

1,400 200 2,800 200 1,400500

900200

900500

1,400 200 2,800 200 1,400500

900200

900500

1,400 200 2,800 200 1,400500

900 200500 1,400

2001,830 900

70200

900 1,900200

2,800 200 1,600300

900200

900500

1,400 200 2,800 200 1,400500

900200

200

200

2,05

020

01,

800

100

1,80

0

6,600

200 8,800 200 8,800 200 8,800 200

200

1,80

020

0

200

1,60

020

0

200 5,075 8,200 200 6,400 200 5,800 200 8,800 200 8,800 200

3,050 2,025 3,000 3,000 3,000 2,400 600 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 610 2,390 3,000 3,000

44,275

44,275

3,050 2,025 3,000 3,000 3,000 2,400 600 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 610 2,390 3,000 3,000

3,50

03,

500

200

1,60

020

03,

700

3,30

080

02,

900

2,45

0

3,50

03,

500

200

1,60

020

03,

700

3,30

080

02,

900

2,45

0

8,60

21,

898

200

1,60

020

06,

800

200

200 5,800 200 8,800 200 8,800 200

4,30

0

6,600

DISABLEDWC

RAMPCLASSROOM CLASSROOM CLASSROOM

LADIES

CLASSROOM CLASSROOM CLASSROOM

STUDENTS

WALKWAY

CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMICF.F

PV PV

PV

PV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PVPVPV PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PVPV PVPV PV PV PV

PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV

01

02

0304

05

10

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T

0607

0809

11

01

02

0304

05

10

0607

0809

11

FIRST FLOOR PLAN

GSPublisherVersion 0.1.100.100

Revision Date

Drawing Title

Status

Scales

Drawing Number

DrawingStatus

Drawn by Checked by Date

Revision

Project Title

Client

Client sign......................................................

ARCHITECTURAL NOTES.

and regulations and NCC requirements.

Authority regulations.2. All figured dimensions to be taken in preference to scaled dimensions.

iron at every alternative course.3. All walls below 200mm to be reinforced with hoop

4. Provide damp proof course (D.P.C.) under all walls.5. P.V. indicates permanent ventilations.6. All drainage passing under building and drive

thick concrete surround.area to be of pvc pipe and encased in 150mm

7. All inspection chambers in drive area to haveheavy duty covers.

1. All works to be carried out in accordance with Local

8. Check all dimensions on site.9. All sanitary work to be in accordance with MOH rules

to be provided under ground floor concrete slab.10. 500g polythene sheeting and anti-termite treatment

12. Automatic booster pump for FHRs to be provided to11. All reinforced concrete works to Structural Eng. detail.

14. Electrical fire alarm system to the approval of Chief Fire Officer.13. 4500 litres reserve for hose reel

the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.

15. Fire alarm and booster to be provided withsecondary power supply.

17. 2x9 litre water and 1x4.5 kg CO2 fire extinguishers16. 2x9 kg Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers at areas shown.

to be provided per floor.

PO BOX. 30846,00100, NAIROBI

TEL. (020) 2318254

NOV, 2019

Architects signature......................................

Design by

C. Tarus

WORKING

APPROVAL

PROPOSED CLASSROOMS &ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FORMAKINDU KMTC TO BE BUILT ON

PLOT NO.MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

KMTC- MAKINDUPO. BOXMAKINDU

R. KR. K

DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

15

x 22

5 =

3,15

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

S-01

S-0101

02

03

04

200

3,50

03,

500

5,70

04,

100

2,90

02,

450

3,50

03,

500

200

1,60

020

03,

700

3,30

080

02,

900

2,45

0

200 28,825 200

200 4,825 200

200

2,05

020

03,

700

200

21,9

5020

0

200

6,80

020

08,

800

200

200

2,05

020

01,

800

100

1,80

0

3,050 2,025 3,000 3,000 3,000 2,400 600 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 610 2,390 3,000 3,000

3,050 2,025 3,000 3,000 3,000 2,400 600 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 606 2,394 3,000 3,000

7,20

020

01,

600

3,90

03,

100

700

2,50

070

02,

250

200

400

200 1,825 200

200 3,400 200 1,349 1,451200

1,600200

1,000200

1,000200

1,600200

1,400 1,400200

1,400 1,400200

1,300 1,500 200 2,800 200 1,400500

900 200

200

2,05

020

01,

800

100

1,80

020

0

1,40

0

200 3,410 200

200 2,850 200 900100

900100

900100

900100

825 200 5,825 150 2,825 200 14,800 200 3,410 200 8,190 200

3,450 1,600 1,025 1,600 600 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 660 2,000 950 5,190 3,200

44,275

22,3

50

22,3

50

200 5,075 14,800 200 14,800 200 8,800 200

539 4,100 636 14,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 2,800 200

200 1,000400

1,400 200 2,800 200 1,400387

1,013200

900290

1,400410

1,000400

1,400 200 2,800 200 2,800 200 1,400400

1,000 200 2,800 200

200

6,80

020

01,

600

200

3,70

020

03,

100

200

2,05

020

03,

700

200

7,40

01,

400

200

450

3,10

035

03,

300

592

900

1,10

890

02,

650

200

3,50

020

0

200 5,800 200 8,800 200 8,800 200

RAMP

GENTS

CLASSROOM CLASSROOM CLASSROOM

WALKWAY

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV

PV

PVPV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV

PV

01

02

0304

05

10

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T

SKILL CENTRE

STORE

HOD

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

CERAMIC F.F

KITCHEN

0607

0809

11

LIBRARY

SECOND FLOOR PLAN

GSPublisherVersion 0.1.100.100

Revision Date

Drawing Title

Status

Scales

Drawing Number

DrawingStatus

Drawn by Checked by Date

Revision

Project Title

Client

Client sign......................................................

ARCHITECTURAL NOTES.

and regulations and NCC requirements.

Authority regulations.2. All figured dimensions to be taken in preference to scaled dimensions.

iron at every alternative course.3. All walls below 200mm to be reinforced with hoop

4. Provide damp proof course (D.P.C.) under all walls.5. P.V. indicates permanent ventilations.6. All drainage passing under building and drive

thick concrete surround.area to be of pvc pipe and encased in 150mm

7. All inspection chambers in drive area to haveheavy duty covers.

1. All works to be carried out in accordance with Local

8. Check all dimensions on site.9. All sanitary work to be in accordance with MOH rules

to be provided under ground floor concrete slab.10. 500g polythene sheeting and anti-termite treatment

12. Automatic booster pump for FHRs to be provided to11. All reinforced concrete works to Structural Eng. detail.

14. Electrical fire alarm system to the approval of Chief Fire Officer.13. 4500 litres reserve for hose reel

the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.

15. Fire alarm and booster to be provided withsecondary power supply.

17. 2x9 litre water and 1x4.5 kg CO2 fire extinguishers16. 2x9 kg Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers at areas shown.

to be provided per floor.

PO BOX. 30846,00100, NAIROBI

TEL. (020) 2318254

NOV, 2019

Architects signature......................................

Design by

C. Tarus

WORKING

APPROVAL

PROPOSED CLASSROOMS &ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FORMAKINDU KMTC TO BE BUILT ON

PLOT NO.MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

KMTC- MAKINDUPO. BOXMAKINDU

R. KR. K

DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

S-01

S-0101

02

03

04

ROOF PLAN

GSPublisherVersion 0.1.100.100

Revision Date

Drawing Title

Status

Scales

Drawing Number

DrawingStatus

Drawn by Checked by Date

Revision

Project Title

Client

Client sign......................................................

ARCHITECTURAL NOTES.

and regulations and NCC requirements.

Authority regulations.2. All figured dimensions to be taken in preference to scaled dimensions.

iron at every alternative course.3. All walls below 200mm to be reinforced with hoop

4. Provide damp proof course (D.P.C.) under all walls.5. P.V. indicates permanent ventilations.6. All drainage passing under building and drive

thick concrete surround.area to be of pvc pipe and encased in 150mm

7. All inspection chambers in drive area to haveheavy duty covers.

1. All works to be carried out in accordance with Local

8. Check all dimensions on site.9. All sanitary work to be in accordance with MOH rules

to be provided under ground floor concrete slab.10. 500g polythene sheeting and anti-termite treatment

12. Automatic booster pump for FHRs to be provided to11. All reinforced concrete works to Structural Eng. detail.

14. Electrical fire alarm system to the approval of Chief Fire Officer.13. 4500 litres reserve for hose reel

the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.

15. Fire alarm and booster to be provided withsecondary power supply.

17. 2x9 litre water and 1x4.5 kg CO2 fire extinguishers16. 2x9 kg Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers at areas shown.

to be provided per floor.

PO BOX. 30846,00100, NAIROBI

TEL. (020) 2318254

NOV, 2019

Architects signature......................................

Design by

C. Tarus

WORKING

APPROVAL

PROPOSED CLASSROOMS &ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FORMAKINDU KMTC TO BE BUILT ON

PLOT NO.MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

KMTC- MAKINDUPO. BOXMAKINDU

R. KR. K

DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

quary stone wall rendered and painted toArchitect's approval

ELEVATION 01

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PVPV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PVPV

PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV

PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV

PVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPVPV

3,500 3,500 200 1,600 200 3,700 3,300 800 2,900 2,450

ELEVATION 02

PV PV PV PV

PV PV

PV PV

quary stone wall rendered and painted toArchitect's approval

r.conc parapet wall plastered and painted t0Architect's approvalconcrete fins to details

060711 09 0510 0304 010208

GSPublisherVersion 0.1.100.100

Revision Date

Drawing Title

Status

Scales

Drawing Number

DrawingStatus

Drawn by Checked by Date

Revision

Project Title

Client

Client sign......................................................

ARCHITECTURAL NOTES.

and regulations and NCC requirements.

Authority regulations.2. All figured dimensions to be taken in preference to scaled dimensions.

iron at every alternative course.3. All walls below 200mm to be reinforced with hoop

4. Provide damp proof course (D.P.C.) under all walls.5. P.V. indicates permanent ventilations.6. All drainage passing under building and drive

thick concrete surround.area to be of pvc pipe and encased in 150mm

7. All inspection chambers in drive area to haveheavy duty covers.

1. All works to be carried out in accordance with Local

8. Check all dimensions on site.9. All sanitary work to be in accordance with MOH rules

to be provided under ground floor concrete slab.10. 500g polythene sheeting and anti-termite treatment

12. Automatic booster pump for FHRs to be provided to11. All reinforced concrete works to Structural Eng. detail.

14. Electrical fire alarm system to the approval of Chief Fire Officer.13. 4500 litres reserve for hose reel

the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.

15. Fire alarm and booster to be provided withsecondary power supply.

17. 2x9 litre water and 1x4.5 kg CO2 fire extinguishers16. 2x9 kg Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers at areas shown.

to be provided per floor.

PO BOX. 30846,00100, NAIROBI

TEL. (020) 2318254

NOV, 2019

Architects signature......................................

Design by

C. Tarus

WORKING

APPROVAL

PROPOSED CLASSROOMS &ADMINISTRATION OFFICES FORMAKINDU KMTC TO BE BUILT ON

PLOT NO.MAKINDU, MAKUENI COUNTY

KMTC- MAKINDUPO. BOXMAKINDU

R. KR. K

DESIGNSPEC LIMITED

3,000 3,000 2,390 610 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 600 2,400 3,000 3,000 3,000 2,025 3,050

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV

PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PV PVPV

EN LMP GK H F CJQS B AT DR

ELEVATION 03

2,450 2,900 800 3,300 3,700 200 1,600 200 3,500 3,500

ELEVATION 04

quary stone wall rendered and painted toArchitect's approval

06 07 110905 1003 0401 02 08

2,40

055

015

02,

400

550

150

3,28

0

900

1,50

055

0150

900

1,50

055

0150

900

1,50

055

0150

183

2,95

015

02,

950

150

3,28

3

1,29

026

07,

150

450

375

3,500 3,500 200 1,600 200 3,700 3,300 800 2,900 2,450

150

1,10

0200 500

SECTION { S-01---S-01}

-Ex 250x50mm fascia board-600mm overhang / eaves to detail-400x200mm ring beam to S. E. details-Chip board ceiling to detail-Ex 75x25mm cornice to detail

-300 Roof pitch-28 gauge gci sheets on-150x50mm purlins-100x50mm rafters-100x50mm struts-100x50mm wallplate-150x50mm tie beam

ROOF DETAILS

r.conc. staircase reinforcementto SE's details18no. of Risers @ 172mm17no. of threads @ 256mm

200mm thick quary stone wall on600x200mm r.conc slab

100mm thick conc. floor slab on1000 gauge damp proof membrane on35mm thick murram blinding on250mm thick hardcore fill

200mm thick masonry stone wall

150mm th. r.conc. reinforcement to SE detail's

200x700mm r.conc. beam to SE's details

Ms standrs casement window to schedule

200x250mm r.conc. beam to SE's details

060711 09 0510 0304 010208

PV

PV

PV

PV

PV

PV PV PV

PV

PV

GR

OU

ND

FLOO

R FO

UN

DATIO

N LAYO

UT

(150mm

Thick Slab)SC

ALE 1:50

C1

B1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

AB

CD

EF

GH

JK

LM

NP

QR

ST

07 010203040510 0607080911

Drg no.2019/K

MTCM

-01PRO

JECT:

DRA

WN

BY: S.K

SCALE: 1:100,1:50

ConsultantN

OTES

REV

ISION

SD

ATE

MA

RKM

AD

E BY

(3) Beams =

30mm

(4) Slabs =20m

m.

2. The Contractor must confirm

all dimensions on site before com

mencing any w

ork.

4. Concrete cover to reinforcement steel to be : (1) Foundation =

50mm

(2) Columns =

30mm

8. All steel reinforcem

ent must be approved by the Stuctural Engineer before casting.

7. Mild steel reinforcem

ent bars to B.S.4449 are denoted " R ".

3. All dim

ensions are in millim

etres unless ortherwise specified.

1. This drawing m

ust be read in conjuction with all relevant contract docum

ents.

5. Concrete strenth for Structural concrete mem

bers to be class 25/20 (1:1.5:3)6. Square tw

isted steel reinforcement bars to B.S.4461 are denoted " Y ".

CHE

CKED

BY: N

.K

DA

TE D

ECEMBER 2019

(Ground floor Foundation layout)

PROPO

SED

Civil &

Structural Engineers

P.O BO

X 317-00507

NA

IROBI

SINIK

A E

NG

INE

ERIN

G SE

RVICE

S LTD

150mm

THIC

K CO

NC

RETE FLO

OR

SLAB

BRC

MESH

FABRIC

NO

. A142

1000 GAU

GE PO

LYTHEN

ESH

EETING

100mm

CR

USH

ER R

UN

CO

MPAC

TED TO

90% BS H

EAVY

300mm

THIC

K WELL C

OM

PACTED

HAR

DC

OR

E (C

OM

PACT IN

LAYERS O

F 150mm

)

T8-08-200CC

LINKS

6T20-039T16-02-200CC B2/T2

9T16-01-200CC B1/T1

50mm

THIC

K LEANC

ON

CR

ETE BLIND

ING

(1:4:8 MIX)

SEC

TION

THRO

UG

H C

OLU

MN

C1(400x200mm

)A

T EX

PAN

SION

JOIN

T ON

BASE

B4(2000x2000x450mm

)SCA

LE 1:25

9T16-02-200 B2/T2

9T16-01-200 B1/T1

B1 PLAN

150mm

THIC

K CO

NC

RETE FLO

OR

SLAB

BRC

MESH

FABRIC

NO

. A142

1000 GAU

GE PO

LYTHEN

ESH

EETING

100mm

CR

USH

ER R

UN

CO

MPAC

TED TO

90% BS H

EAVY

300mm

THIC

K WELL C

OM

PACTED

HAR

DC

OR

E (C

OM

PACT IN

LAYERS O

F 150mm

)

T8-08-200CC

LINKS

6T20-0311T16-02-200CC B211T16-01-200CC B1

50mm

THIC

K LEANC

ON

CR

ETE BLIND

ING

(1:4:8 MIX)

SEC

TION

THRO

UG

H C

OLU

MN

C2(400x200mm

)O

N BA

SE B1(2000x2000x450m

m)

SCALE

1:25

9T16-02-200 B2

9T16-01-200 B1

B1 PLAN

150mm

THIC

K CO

NC

RETE FLO

OR

SLAB

BRC

MESH

FABRIC

NO

. A142

1000 GAU

GE PO

LYTHEN

ESH

EETING

100mm

CR

USH

ER R

UN

CO

MPAC

TED TO

90% BS H

EAVY

300mm

THIC

K WELL C

OM

PACTED

HAR

DC

OR

E (C

OM

PACT IN

LAYERS O

F 150mm

)

T8-08-200CC

LINKS

6T20-0311T16-02-200CC B2/T2

50mm

THIC

K LEANC

ON

CR

ETE BLIND

ING

(1:4:8 MIX)

SEC

TION

THRO

UG

H C

OLU

MN

C2(400x200mm

)O

N BA

SE B1(2000x2000x450m

m)

SCALE

1:25

9T16-02-200 B2/T2

9T16-01-200 B1/T1

B1 PLAN

11T16-01-200CC B1/T1

150mm

THIC

K CO

NC

RETE FLO

OR

SLAB

DPC

TO AR

CH

ITECT'S APPR

OVAL

BRC

MESH

FABRIC

NO

. A142

1000 GAU

GE PO

LYTHEN

E SHEETIN

G

300mm

THIC

K WELL C

OM

PACTED

HAR

DC

OR

E(C

OM

PACT IN

LAYERS O

F 150mm

)

200mm

(NO

MIN

AL) LOAD

BEARIN

GM

ASON

RY STO

NE W

ALLS(C

EMEN

T MO

RTAR

1:3)

3Y10-02-240 CC

B2

Y10-01-200mm

CC

B1

50mm

THIC

K LEAN C

ON

CR

ETE BLIN

DIN

G (1:4:8 M

IX)

SECTIO

N 1 - 1

STRIP FO

OTIN

G D

ETAILSC

ALE 1:25

2Y8 CLIPS - 200m

m C

C

50MM

THIC

K MU

RR

AM/SAN

DR

AMM

ED AN

D W

ELL CO

MPAC

TED BLIN

DIN

G

150mm

THIC

K CO

NC

RETE FLO

OR

SLAB

1000 GAU

GE PO

LYTHEN

E SHEETIN

G

300mm

THIC

K WELL C

OM

PACTED

HAR

DC

OR

E (C

OM

PACT IN

LAYERS O

F 150mm

)

200mm

(NO

MIN

AL) LOAD

BEARIN

G M

ASON

RY STO

NE W

ALLS(C

EMEN

T MO

RTAR

1:3)

3Y10-02-240 CC

B2

DPC

TO AR

CH

ITECT'S APPR

OVAL

BRC

MESH

FABRIC

NO

. A142

Y10-01-200mm

CC

B1

50mm

THIC

K LEAN C

ON

CR

ETEBLIN

DIN

G (1:4:8 M

IX)

SECTIO

N 2 - 2

STRIP FO

OTIN

G D

ETAILSC

ALE 1:25

50MM

THIC

K MU

RR

AM/SAN

DR

AMM

ED AN

D W

ELLC

OM

PACTED

BLIND

ING

150mm

THIC

K CO

NC

RETE FLO

OR

SLAB

DPC

TO AR

CH

ITECT'S APPR

OVAL

BRC

MESH

FABRIC

NO

. A142

1000 GAU

GE PO

LYTHEN

E SHEETIN

G

300mm

THIC

K WELL C

OM

PACTED

HAR

DC

OR

E(C

OM

PACT IN

LAYERS O

F 150mm

)

200mm

(NO

MIN

AL) LOAD

BEARIN

GM

ASON

RY STO

NE W

ALLS(C

EMEN

T MO

RTAR

1:3)

3Y10-02-240 CC

B2

Y10-01-200mm

CC

B1

50mm

THIC

K LEAN C

ON

CR

ETE BLIN

DIN

G (1:4:8 M

IX)

SECTIO

N 3 - 3

STRIP FO

OTIN

G D

ETAILSC

ALE 1:25

2Y8 CLIPS - 200m

m C

C

50MM

THIC

K MU

RR

AM/SAN

DR

AMM

ED AN

D W

ELL CO

MPAC

TED BLIN

DIN

G

Drg no.2019/K

MTCM

-02PRO

JECT:

DRA

WN

BY: S.K

SCALE: 1:100,1:50

ConsultantN

OTES

REV

ISION

SD

ATE

MA

RKM

AD

E BY

(3) Beams =

30mm

(4) Slabs =20m

m.

2. The Contractor must confirm

all dimensions on site before com

mencing any w

ork.

4. Concrete cover to reinforcement steel to be : (1) Foundation =

50mm

(2) Columns =

30mm

8. All steel reinforcem

ent must be approved by the Stuctural Engineer before casting.

7. Mild steel reinforcem

ent bars to B.S.4449 are denoted " R ".

3. All dim

ensions are in millim

etres unless ortherwise specified.

1. This drawing m

ust be read in conjuction with all relevant contract docum

ents.

5. Concrete strenth for Structural concrete mem

bers to be class 25/20 (1:1.5:3)6. Square tw

isted steel reinforcement bars to B.S.4461 are denoted " Y ".

CHE

CKED

BY: N

.K

DA

TE D

ECEMBER 2019

(Foundation sections details, bases and stripfooting)

PROPO

SED

Civil &

Structural Engineers

P.O BO

X 317-00507

NA

IROBI

SINIK

A E

NG

INE

ERIN

G SE

RVICE

S LTD

FIRST AN

D SEC

ON

D FLO

OR

BEAM LAYO

UT

(165mm

Thick Slab)SC

ALE 1:50

600X200 R

C B

M600X

200 RC

BM

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 R

C B

M600X

200 RC

BM

600X200 R

C B

M

AB

CD

EF

GH

JK

LM

NP

QR

ST

07 010203040510 0607080911

Drg no.2019/K

MTCM

-03PRO

JECT:

DRA

WN

BY: S.K

SCALE: 1:100,1:50

ConsultantN

OTES

REV

ISION

SD

ATE

MA

RKM

AD

E BY

(3) Beams =

30mm

(4) Slabs =20m

m.

2. The Contractor must confirm

all dimensions on site before com

mencing any w

ork.

4. Concrete cover to reinforcement steel to be : (1) Foundation =

50mm

(2) Columns =

30mm

8. All steel reinforcem

ent must be approved by the Stuctural Engineer before casting.

7. Mild steel reinforcem

ent bars to B.S.4449 are denoted " R ".

3. All dim

ensions are in millim

etres unless ortherwise specified.

1. This drawing m

ust be read in conjuction with all relevant contract docum

ents.

5. Concrete strenth for Structural concrete mem

bers to be class 25/20 (1:1.5:3)6. Square tw

isted steel reinforcement bars to B.S.4461 are denoted " Y ".

CHE

CKED

BY: N

.K

DA

TE D

ECEMBER 2019

(1st and 2nd floor Beam layout)

PROPO

SED

Civil &

Structural Engineers

P.O BO

X 317-00507

NA

IROBI

SINIK

A E

NG

INE

ERIN

G SE

RVICE

S LTD

6T20-03

1ST FLOO

R

15T8-04-200CC

LINKS

15T8-04-200CC

LINKS

15T8-04-200CC

LINKS

GRN

D FLO

OR

6T20-03

6T20-03

2ND

FLOO

R

6T20-03

1ST FLOO

R

15T8-04-200CC

LINKS

15T8-04-200CC

LINKS

15T8-04-200CC

LINKS

GRN

D FLO

OR

6T20-03

6T20-03

2ND

FLOO

R

2T16-013T20-03

600X200 TY

PICAL RC BE

AM

MID

-SPAN

AT TH

E E

DG

ES

SCALE

1:25

T8-04-200CC LIN

KS

2T12-02

2T16-013T20-03

600X200 TY

PICAL RC BE

AM

MID

-SPAN

AT TH

E E

DG

ES

SCALE

1:25

T8-04-200CC LIN

KS

2T12-02

4T16-013T20-03

600X200 TY

PICAL RC BE

AM

SUPPO

RTS AT TH

E E

DG

ES

SCALE

1:25

T8-04-200CC LIN

KS

2T12-02

4T16-013T20-03

600X200 TY

PICAL RC BE

AM

SUPPO

RTS AT TH

E E

DG

ES

SCALE

1:25

T8-04-200CC LIN

KS

2T12-02

4T16-013T20-03

600X200 TY

PICAL RC BE

AM

SUPPO

RTS AT E

XPA

NSIO

N JO

INTS

SCALE

1:25

T8-04-200CC LIN

KS

2T12-02

4T16-01

3T20-03

2T12-02

T8-04-200CC LIN

KS

To be filled with flexicell m

aterial

BRC FA

BRIC WIRE

REF.A

142BRC

FABRIC W

IRERE

F.A142

23T8-04-250 C/C

5T12-03-150 C/C5T12-06-150 C/C

5T12-01-200 C/C

5T8-02-250 C/C

6T8-05-250 C/C

5T12-08-150 C/C6T8-07-250 C/C

2x7T10-09-200 C/C

5T12-11-150 C/C6T8-10-250 C/C

5T12-11-150 C/C

6T8-10-250 C/C

T10-12-200 C/C

23T8-04-250 C/C

5T12-03-150 C/C

GRN

D.FL.LV

L.

1ST.FL.LVL.

SECTIO

N TH

ROU

GH

STAIRCA

SE RC SE

CTION

TREA

DS =

250mm

WA

IST = 150m

mRISE

RS = 150m

m

SECTIO

N TH

ROU

GH

RAM

P RC DE

TAIL

SCALE

1:25

T16-01-150 CC

T12-02-200 CC

T16-03-150 CC

T12-04-200 CC

T12-05-150 CC T1 T12-06-200 CC T2

T16-07-150 CCT12-08-200 CC

T16-10-150 CC T1T12-09-200 CC T2

T12-11-200 CC BT1/2

2-17-200 CC BT1/2

T12-12-150 CC

T12-13-200 CC

T12-16-150 CC

T12-15-200 CC

T12-18-150 CC T1

T12-19-200 CC T2

T12-18-150 CC T1

T12-19-200 CC T2

Drg no.2019/K

MTCM

-04PRO

JECT:

DRA

WN

BY: S.K

SCALE: 1:100,1:50

ConsultantN

OTES

REV

ISION

SD

ATE

MA

RKM

AD

E BY

(3) Beams =

30mm

(4) Slabs =20m

m.

2. The Contractor must confirm

all dimensions on site before com

mencing any w

ork.

4. Concrete cover to reinforcement steel to be : (1) Foundation =

50mm

(2) Columns =

30mm

8. All steel reinforcem

ent must be approved by the Stuctural Engineer before casting.

7. Mild steel reinforcem

ent bars to B.S.4449 are denoted " R ".

3. All dim

ensions are in millim

etres unless ortherwise specified.

1. This drawing m

ust be read in conjuction with all relevant contract docum

ents.

5. Concrete strenth for Structural concrete mem

bers to be class 25/20 (1:1.5:3)6. Square tw

isted steel reinforcement bars to B.S.4461 are denoted " Y ".

CHE

CKED

BY: N

.K

DA

TE D

ECEMBER 2019

(Staircase,column,beam

and ramp section details)

PROPO

SED

Civil &

Structural Engineers

P.O BO

X 317-00507

NA

IROBI

SINIK

A E

NG

INE

ERIN

G SE

RVICE

S LTD

STRU

CTU

RAL TIM

BER R

OO

F LAYOU

TSC

ALE 1:50

600X200 R

C B

M600X

200 RC

BM

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 R

C B

M

600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

600X200 RC BM

AB

CD

EF

GH

JK

LM

NP

QR

ST

07 010203040510 0607080911

Drg no.2019/K

MTCM

-05PRO

JECT:

DRA

WN

BY: S.K

SCALE: 1:100,1:50

ConsultantN

OTES

REV

ISION

SD

ATE

MA

RKM

AD

E BY

(3) Beams =

30mm

(4) Slabs =20m

m.

2. The Contractor must confirm

all dimensions on site before com

mencing any w

ork.

4. Concrete cover to reinforcement steel to be : (1) Foundation =

50mm

(2) Columns =

30mm

8. All steel reinforcem

ent must be approved by the Stuctural Engineer before casting.

7. Mild steel reinforcem

ent bars to B.S.4449 are denoted " R ".

3. All dim

ensions are in millim

etres unless ortherwise specified.

1. This drawing m

ust be read in conjuction with all relevant contract docum

ents.

5. Concrete strenth for Structural concrete mem

bers to be class 25/20 (1:1.5:3)6. Square tw

isted steel reinforcement bars to B.S.4461 are denoted " Y ".

CHE

CKED

BY: N

.K

DA

TE D

ECEMBER 2019

(Structural timber roof layout)

PROPO

SED

Civil &

Structural Engineers

P.O BO

X 317-00507

NA

IROBI

SINIK

A E

NG

INE

ERIN

G SE

RVICE

S LTD

T8-03-175CC LIN

KS

T8-03-175CC LIN

KS

T12-01-150CC

T12-04-150CC

T8-03-175CC LIN

KS T12-02-150CC

SECTIO

N TH

RO

UG

H R

C G

UTTER

DETAIL

SCALE 1:25

s.RA

FTERS =

150X50m

mPU

RLINS =

100X50m

m

INTE

RNA

L ME

MBE

RS = 100X

50mm

TRUSS TO

P CHO

RD =

150X50m

mRO

OF PITCH

=

TRUSS BO

TTOM

CHO

RD =

150X50m

m

RING

BEA

M =

450X200m

m

30°

NO

TE

S.1.

All dim

ensions shall be confirmed on site.

2.B

olts to include washers and nuts.

3.all trusses to be anchored into bean using hoop iron and/ or bolts.

4.A

ll trusses shall be supported on 4 rows of w

all plate.5.

Tim

ber should be well seasoned

6.B

olt holes to be 2mm

less than bolt diameter.

7.E

dge distance not less than 4xbolt diameter.

8.E

nd distance not less than 2.5x bolt diameter.

100X50mm

(TIMBER)

100X50mm

(TIMBER)

150X50m

m(TIM

BER)

100X50m

m(TIM

BER)

M.S 16 D

IA. BO

LTS PLUS N

AILS

MA

IN T

IE JO

INT

DE

TA

IL.

SCA

LE

1:25

150X50m

m(TIM

BER)

100X50m

m(TIM

BER)

M.S 16 D

IA. BO

LTS PLUS N

AILS

RA

FT

ER

JOIN

T D

ET

AIL

.SC

AL

E 1:25 150

2Nos. M

.S20 DIA

. BOLTS W

ITH

2/TIMBE

R PLATE

S BOLTE

D

100

150 O

N BO

TH SID

E W

ITH

WA

SHE

RS & N

AILS

CO

RN

ER

JOIN

T D

ET

AIL

.SC

AL

E 1:25

150X50m

m(TIM

BER) 150X

50mm

(TIMBER)

250x25mm

Ridge board

WITH

3Nos. M

.S 12 DIA

. BOLTS PLU

S 12 NA

ILS

2Nos. 150X

50mm

THICK

AP

EX

JOIN

T D

ET

AIL

.SC

AL

E 1:25

SPLICE PIE

CES JO

INE

D

Drg no.2019/K

MTCM

-06PRO

JECT:

DRA

WN

BY: S.K

SCALE: 1:100,1:50

ConsultantN

OTES

REV

ISION

SD

ATE

MA

RKM

AD

E BY

(3) Beams =

30mm

(4) Slabs =20m

m.

2. The Contractor must confirm

all dimensions on site before com

mencing any w

ork.

4. Concrete cover to reinforcement steel to be : (1) Foundation =

50mm

(2) Columns =

30mm

8. All steel reinforcem

ent must be approved by the Stuctural Engineer before casting.

7. Mild steel reinforcem

ent bars to B.S.4449 are denoted " R ".

3. All dim

ensions are in millim

etres unless ortherwise specified.

1. This drawing m

ust be read in conjuction with all relevant contract docum

ents.

5. Concrete strenth for Structural concrete mem

bers to be class 25/20 (1:1.5:3)6. Square tw

isted steel reinforcement bars to B.S.4461 are denoted " Y ".

CHE

CKED

BY: N

.K

DA

TE D

ECEMBER 2019

(Structural timber roof layout)

PROPO

SED

Civil &

Structural Engineers

P.O BO

X 317-00507

NA

IROBI

SINIK

A E

NG

INE

ERIN

G SE

RVICE

S LTD